The URL can be used to link to this page

LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT - 17-0016-UT -L,TW ID K'01 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION LS 45 FORCE,MAIN REPLACEMENT I1rG016-L]T Project: Contract Number: Locations): FROM CITY LS 45.ON GULF BLVD TO THE SOUTH END OF THE.SAND KEY BEACH Contract Date: 1017-2.019 Notice to Proceed Date: 12-1fi-SOI s Substantial Completion Date: 7172.020 Warranty Expiration Date: 6.4-2021 Consultant: MCKIM&CREED INC. The purpose of this work is to replace approximately 4,740 feet of force main.from LS 45 to the. connection point.south of the Sand Key Bridge DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Substantialcompletion is the stage in construction when a project or designated portion.thereofis sufficiently complete in accordance with contract documents so that.the Owner can use.the work or portion.thereof for-its intended use, Iteins that affect operational integrity and function of the work must .be capable of continuous use. WNt1M H>'N+1 Fy IMNH RClJvudl SEte elFbRlfE Na MCKIIvI&CREED INC. Mitchel A.Chiavaroli 5tate..�35 "LN:rn=Rfrtchd F.Cti... 'staie cF Flwda P.F Kz 56ix5. of Florida F.E.No.56335 By: an zuzecGfs,.!ufa-0i a X Consultant: Authorized Representative Date The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the,tentative list within the time indicated. TLC DIVERSIFIED INC. Alex Ze.ttel 612120 By. .X Coatrantoir: Authorized Representative Date The Owner accepts the specified area of the Project.as. Substantially Complete and will ass.umo fall. possession of the specified area of the Project on 6=1-20 0 : The responsibility.for utilities; security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth in the Contract Documents, CITY.O1y CLEARWATER Todd Ku h n e I .Af+'wiwe Y.iinµo.nry of[4nswaer,w-Eryireemq iL-iedi Nu FnefmyCGvawater.mm,c=L'S .. By; n.:inocwiy o.ar+sx•en• X Owner. City of Clearwater Authorized Representative Date. CLl r,ARVdsW'I is mx"Y „ Certificate of Substantial Completion,Page 2 of.2 PROJECT PUNCH LIST A punch list of items to be compteted.or corrected by.PEND.ING is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive; and the failure to include an item on it .does not alter the responsibility of the:Contractors to :complete all the work.in accordance with the Contract Doouments, PROJECT ONE YEAR WARRANTY Contract Section Ill, 13.5 WARRANTYICORRECTION PERIOD ff withinone year after the date.of Substantial.Completion or suck longer Period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the.terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract I)oeurrietlts or by ariy spec f c provision of the Contract Docxtrazents, any Work is found to be dL ctivo,. Contractor shall promptly; without cost to the Ovvner-and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct stich.defective Work or, if it has been rejected by the owner, remove itfrom the site and replace-it with Work.th.at:..is not defective and.:(ii)satisfactorily correct or-remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.,. Where defective. Work(and damage to other°Workresulting..theref'om) has been,corrected.removed or replaced under thisparagraph the correction period.hereunder with respect to such Xorkwill be extended_for an additional period of one,year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed- 6-1-2020 6-1-2021 Substantial Completion Date: Warranty Expiration Hate: A copy of this signed and executed docurnei�t.should be provided to the following parties:. Project Owner Project Contractor Project Consultant(if applicable) City Construction Office Specialist Project Fite B992-02.+7,(67) 4*. & REMPRELIMINARY 136_HamllyL;Aveaue KT H H Clear at .�L. .1 ph (x.271442-7196 Fx-(727)4e11-3527 Project lufal..za#ion Prgiect: LS 45 Pyl Repla.ementDate cif Site Visir 07-27-2020 owner: Cid of Clearwater -Tune of S fte-V isit: 10:3 A-la Contactor. TLC DhTeis fled Inc T Qr P€ilea ND_ 17~0016-GT The folloivinE items.remlire the attention 4f'thS COMraUN for coznpEeTian.4r correction-This hsr.nuy not be 211- in--Insivi,.and,the fsflure too include any Rem an ibis list does.uat alter¢ate responsilrih1a,of the contmcror to complete all WoA in accordance with fe Cbntractorpocuteti€s- Parddpants=Diane!Achirielli-(INI;Kim&Qead)_,Mirch C3xiayarcli(IyirKim&Crae4);Tadd KuhLml(City of °Clemvamz)AIex Zeat-1&Steve Drig,o(TLCDiv ersified) Ite-m Description CarrecdianfCompletion. o. Date CITY OF C.i.1i.4AWATER-BEACH -4ARNG QCT 1. ?Ze33me.waZ-h-t4an p a:?:lin elot 2 Ret3Ct1ae lana_Patcy 7-27-2-020 }. Rewvve hand wash st!kern I..2;-1020 4 Rem Gve remindez of equipment and miic item. 7-27-2120 7.2120 .5 lkr_place:dead hushes and replace r-moved bushes along thecurb on.&:a w est side of the` 7-27-2020 arkin,,.lotin ne kind 6 Replace plmts.inthe aru of temay Statior im life%aZd 7-27-?-020 1 Replace 4broaen cuib sms .�2 r-2020 8 Pattch:cLrii on east.sidein-inciniry of -cut in Tarldng.lot 7-27-2;l20 Citvtorebuta ltim-mf part end pqvvirdort IA&ms Fern avidoff size) CETT OF CLUEMl-.T.ER-.LS,45 AM I Clean parte .l0*1, 2 Revak fence 7-27-21D20 3 Clean and paint va h-e box top and is way 7- -MI26 4. IVeed12At g€ass httf)ePS 7-27-1.0213 cig to comic-tpffrksto dorm bane hock axe f v sprinkim ani€rvr tkep ora in Barking ardff Barsade Gardens 1f&IP ara¢s(DrWf.3 arid 4 arias) 1 Replace grass in:kind aloaus the.RGAII=M`cont of:32. sEde C-&-deasIH azid IV.thai is dead 7-27-202D) zTlin aius in the sxtne area that have ga s� the sod.arch_�Lwalki�ng'Mand -1?-'��270 1 .As of Date: W2TiMP, OS992-CO-37(67) befuEin sad up fish uril sidewalk 3 IL"tIL . gi :; .assti1 ;ti�aG:a `svrsresrrpaei ; 'casfrzc ::a < :car - caattdi aftArea Mrlll3 o,„a 2 areas) 1 Re.hce sad as.teededtLzt eidnat.take }and. 2 ? r dminage Emma on ftoxrh side of center d:r ew —C.nclate rra-cked '7..2-_'?0 RAgTaQ'a,'s=Oth a4m r7.na as nc8&Eide of ceatar�ZC2'way ca road SQii3m Cm-k—north-to?' arrb 7M,Tm f.I nH 2,und'lf ares I -RAmmy--debns,brok-m nda alli chua--s end.nOWa g 4O*4 *i# f s1: kos tie s a co ;ski rr fr i e' +a and to 47 .a1anr;th--.east sTdp-CE2 RRE h e as needed 4 M.hape&�nuts a-?,?_310120 I kc-move-rubble-debrs,piping etc ,.7.m .M.. .. .A. d sr a:'prsera- '.�pe ;�aac€Ties;a ';_ o t C si f;tm . . al�. �ra�ie GENERAL COMMENTS I Final Recani Drawings 3EEMETI ede CaLtactaa.to .Provide fimal 5,5 seU m- 1 ial':la»reEa aauFlea 'rf:s G� f fi5 aav a nixttQ. 3 Rerun ect as 7_.27-2020 4 Rua.s aemex-and.f-mal.rreaathe -taps alp Gulf Blwd on the east side nflzth t'a,bridge 7-27-2S20 PMared By Dime ArhinFlll CC:Prnj-rt File i { , t ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 1 r;tttc:rrr', r�rs° trr r ,rs.� r°c�rs._�z,lf CUNSTI�UCTI.O IVISION OFFICE COMMUNICATION TO; Todd Kuhnel SUBJECT: One Year Warranty Check CEFINSPECTOR. PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 06/01/2020 PROJECT NAME: LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT 17-00101-ET CONTRACTOR: TLC Diversified 271 17"' St E Palmetto, PL )4221 X41 722-0621 INSPECTOR: DATE: . COMMENTS: w.mm m r SIGNATURE . �r , � , , Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for Bid Phase June/ 2019 SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Documents and plans for Project #17 -0016 -UT are available at www.myclearwater.com/bid. The work includes, but not limited to: The construction of approximately 4,150 linear feet of 20" force main by horizontal directional drill and the construction of approximately 560 linear feet of 16" force main by open cut. Recommended Pre -Bid Conference: July 12, 2019 @ 10:00 AM 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 Municipal Services Building Room # 130 Pre -qualification DEADLINE: July 23, 2019 Category: Water and Force Main for $2,000,000 Bids DUE: August 6, 2019 @ 1:30 PM City of Clearwater, Project # 17 -0016 -UT Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by: Alyce Benge CPPO, Purchasing Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 SECTION I Page 1 Updated 8/2/2018 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II i INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SECTION II i Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com/bid. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the DVC Marketing Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non- refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre -qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.myclearwater.com/government/city-departments/engineering/construction- management. Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest ' and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any ' Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM ' 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the ' price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or ' item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for ' each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. I10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. ' 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. ' 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS ' 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed ' in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and ' corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and two), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 1 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: 1 1 SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION It — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. SECTION II B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best Management Practices. Page 9 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION Ila SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The Instructions to Bidders of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 21 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Instruction to Bidders of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. 14 1.1 . 1 \ I L 1 L_ 1: 1 1 ARTICLE 2 - QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Add the following: 2.2 The proposed Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) contractor or subcontractor and its proposed Superintendent shall have at least 10 -years of experience and be trained and certified to operate HDD equipment suitable for 16 -inch and larger diameter pipe for lengths in excess of 1,000 -LF. To demonstrate this qualification, the HDD contractor or subcontractor shall submit the following information with their bid: • Resumes of the proposed HDD contractor or subcontractor and its Superintendent listing the successful HDD installations completed in the last ten (10) years preceding bid opening. At a minimum, each resume shall include the following: o Project Name; o Location; o Pipe Material, Size and Length of each drill; o Utility Owner and Contact Information (Name and Phone Number); o Engineer Firm and Contact Information (Name and Phone Number); o Identifies if HDD contractor or subconsultant was prime or subconsultant for each project, and identifies Superintendent's position held for each project. Seven (7) of the drills listed on each resume shall be from water, reclaimed water or wastewater main projects, each consisting of: o Minimum 16" diameter o Minimum 1,000 linear feet length o The material on at least five (5) of the seven (7) drills should be HDPE. All project references listed on the HDD contractor or subcontractor's resume should be self -performed by the proposed HDD contractor or subcontractor. City of Clearwater Section Ha Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary General Conditions 17 -0016 -UT Ha - 1 0992-0237 All project references listed on the Superintendent's resume should be projects he/she have acted in the capacity of Superintendent, but not necessarily for the same company. • A list of the proposed equipment that will be used on this project. • Current large diameter HDPE fusion certificate(s) for the pipe fuser(s) that will be used on this project. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS City of Clearwater Section Ha Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary General Conditions 17 -0016 -UT lla-2 0992-0237 1 1 1 1 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CON TRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION III i Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 15 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 16 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 22 6.12. CON TRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 25 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 26 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 26 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 SECTION III ii Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III —General Conditions 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 33 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 35 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 37 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 38 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 38 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 38 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 40 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CON TRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 41 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 41 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 42 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 43 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 SECTION III iii Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.1. GENERAL 44 22.2. EXAMPLE 45 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 45 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 45 23.2. PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 46 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 46 23.5. SIGN COLORING 46 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 46 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 46 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 47 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .47 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM AND ISRAEL CERTIFICATION FORM 48 SECTION III iv Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III —General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. SECTION III Page 3 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been SECTION III Page 4 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall not commence any work until the staging area is installed and approved by the City. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete, and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of SECTION III Page 6 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change, or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. SECTION III Page 8 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically, the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims -made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims -made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims -made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub -contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured SECTION III Page 11 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person, so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. SECTION III Page 12 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. SECTION III Page 13 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or SECTION III Page 14 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION 111— General Conditions at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater therefore, these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay alt license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the SECTION III Page 15 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property SECTION III Page 16 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. SECTION III Page 17 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. SECTION 111 Page 18 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. SECTION III Page 19 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also, all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally, there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. SECTION III Page 20 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Laver Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SECTION III Page 21 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION 111— General Conditions SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. SECTION III Page 22 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony@myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. SECTION III Page 23 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION ID — General Conditions Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. SECTION III Page 24 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 7. OTHER WORK 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. SECTION III Page 25 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed SECTION III Page 26 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. SECTION III Page 27 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: SECTION III Page 28 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION 111— General Conditions • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for SECTION III Page 29 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by SECTION III Page 30 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the SECTION III Page 31 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. SECTION III Page 32 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the SECTION III Page 33 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically, and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract SECTION III Page 34 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as - built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all SECTION III Page 35 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION 111— General Conditions supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. SECTION III Page 36 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed SECTION III Page 37 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which SECTION III Page 38 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): SECTION III Page 39 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. SECTION III Page 40 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact William SECTION III Page 41 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Buzzell, at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4929 or email: William.Buzzell@myClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects' fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or SECTION III Page 42 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the SECTION III Page 43 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III —General Conditions Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 44 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right- of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be SECTION III Page 45 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 -inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 46 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION 111— General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN f. -CON TRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE- FUNDING- OWNER'S ATE•FUNDING-OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE - BRIGHT AND BEAU 1FIJL•BAYTO BEACH 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of SECTION III Page 47 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM AND ISRAEL CERTIFICATION FORM Pursuant to Section 287.135, Florida Statutes, any vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Any vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or is engaged in a boycott of Israel, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for ANY amount. Each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on the aforementioned lists, or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, or engaged in a boycott of Israel at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with Section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. Boycott Israel or boycott of Israel means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking other actions to limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or in Israeli - controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is participating in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott of Israel or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel. The certification forms (the Certification) are attached hereto, and must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, or engaged in a boycott of Israel, then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the City of Clearwater, on a case-by-case basis and in its sole discretion, may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract for goods or services, if the conditions set forth in Section 287.135, Florida Statutes, apply. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification forms. SECTION III Page 48 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION III — General Conditions See Section V of the Contract for Certification Forms to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 49 of 49 Updated 8/8/2018 SECTION Ilia SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 25 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified, or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS Add the following: 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CON TRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions. 2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the system installed and ready for daily operation. Substantial completion includes start-up, operation, testing, manufacturer's checks and services, operator training, and similar items. The following items need not be completed for Substantial Completion: a. Final application for payment and final acceptance. 2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General Conditions within 210 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Add the following sentence: Contractor shall verify all connections points for depth, material type and sizes before ordering materials. City of Clearwater Section Ilia Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary General Conditions 17 -0016 -UT Ilia - 1 0992-0237 2.7 HURRICANE PROTECTION PLAN Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the measures that will be completed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner in the event of a hurricane warning. In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor will protect the Work and materials from weather related damage. In the event that, in the opinion of the Owner, the Work or materials have been damaged due to failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the Work and materials, the Work and materials shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS Add the following sentence: Contractor shall secure each storage area with temporary 6 -ft chain-link fencing and have the storage area approved by the City's inspector prior to mobilizing. 6.8 PERMITS Add the following: The City's consultant has submitted the appropriate Right -of -Way application to Pinellas County which included conceptual Traffic Control Plans (TCPs) that illustrate the intent of maintaining traffic during the installation of the force main. The submitted TCPs are included in the Contract Documents as TCP01- TCP09. The Contractor will be responsible to submit completed TCPs, signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in Florida, to the City for review and comment. Upon approval by the City, the Contractor shall submit to Pinellas County ROW for approval and obtain the ROW permit prior to the commencement of any work. See Drawing TCP01 for additional requirements. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with any permit provisions or requirements which may relate to the conduct of construction activities. ARTICLE 9 - OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Add the following: City of Clearwater Section Ilia Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary General Conditions 17 -0016 -UT lila - 2 0992-0237 The Owner's Representative during the Bidding Phase is listed below. Todd Kuhnel City of Clearwater Engineering 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: 727-562-4798 Email: todd.kuhnel@myclearwater.com END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Clearwater Section Ilia Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary General Conditions 17 -0016 -UT Ilia - 3 0992-0237 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 1 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 1 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 2 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 3 105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105-1. CON TRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 3 105-4. EQUIPMENT 3 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105-8. LIGHTING 4 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 4 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 5 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 5 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 6 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 7 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 8 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 8 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 8 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 9 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 9 SECTION IV i Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 109-6. POSTING 10 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 203. DEWATERING 12 203-1. GENERAL 12 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 207-1. GENERAL 14 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207-8. MAINTENANCE 15 207-9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208-6. RIP -RAP 17 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302-1. EXCAVATION 18 302-2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 304. BACKFILL 19 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 305. RIPRAP 20 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 401-2. PRECAST TYPE 22 401-3. DROP MANHOLES 23 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403-1. MATERIALS 24 403-2. INSTALLATION 24 403-3. TESTING 25 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 404-1. INTENT 26 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 404-3. MATERIALS 26 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION 27 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 404-9. PAYMENT 29 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405-2. PAYMENT 30 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405-6. GROUTING MIX 32 405-7. LINER MIX 32 405-8. WATER 33 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405-10. EQUIPMENT 33 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 SECTION IV iii Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 501. SCOPE 41 502. MATERIALS 41 502-1. GENERAL 41 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 502-3. GATE VALVES 43 502-4. VALVE BOXES 44 502-5. HYDRANTS 44 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 503. CONSTRUCTION 47 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 47 503-2. PIPE LAYING 47 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 50 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 50 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 505. STERILIZATION 50 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 51 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS 51 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 506-1. GENERAL 51 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 52 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 52 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 54 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 54 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 602. UNDERDRAINS 54 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 SECTION IV iv Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 603. STORM SEWERS 55 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 55 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 56 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 604-2. PRECAST TYPE 57 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 57 605-1. MATERIAL 57 605-2. PERFORMANCE 58 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 60 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 60 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 60 702-1. BASE 60 702-2. SUBGRADE 62 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 63 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 63 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 63 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 64 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 64 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 64 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 64 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 65 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 65 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 66 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 67 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 706. CONCRETE CURBS 67 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 68 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 68 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 68 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 68 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 69 SECTION IV v Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 69 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 69 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 70 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 70 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 70 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 70 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 70 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 70 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 71 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 71 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 72 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 72 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 72 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 73 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 74 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 74 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 74 902-1. IRRIGATION 74 902-2. LANDSCAPE 84 903. SODDING 99 904. SEEDING 99 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 99 905-1. SCOPE 99 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 100 905-3. WORK METHODS 100 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 102 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 103 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 103 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 103 910. TREE PROTECTION 103 910-1. TREE BARRICADES 103 910-2. ROOT PRUNING 104 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 105 SECTION IV vi Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Project Number: 17 -0016 -UT Scope of Work: • Construct approximately 4,150 LF of 20" force main by horizontal directional drill. • Construct approximately 560 LF of 16" force main by open cut. • Develop Temporary Traffic Control Plans and provide Maintenance of Traffic. • Provide erosion control. • Provide all surface restoration including extended milling and paving. The Contractor shall provide a copy of a current Contractor License/Registration with the state of Florida and Pinellas County. These documents must be included in the bid proposal package. Failure to provide these documents in the bid proposal will deem the contractor's bid as non- responsive. The Contractor shall provide 2 fixed project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's schedule of work. Contract Period: 210 Consecutive Calendar Days 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. SECTION IV Page 1 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre -construction conditions. 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. 105-4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. SECTION IV Page 3 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105-8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS 107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. SECTION IV Page 7 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE SECTION IV Page 8 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications (nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50to200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/ 1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT 19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109-6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 11 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203-1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207-1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre - Construction Meeting. 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the followingstandards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207-8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 207-9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208-6. RIP -RAP On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 17 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty- eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302-1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302-2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements ofAASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 requirements. 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 304. BACKFILL 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro - hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re -inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. SECTION IV Page 21 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24"). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24"). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401-3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 403-1. MATERIALS 403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 403-2. INSTALLATION 403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 403-3. TESTING 403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404-1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8") to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404-3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different projects. SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404-9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405-2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405-3.1. MATERIALS 405-3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405-3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially SECTION IV Page 31 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405-4.1. MATERIALS 405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 4. Cement 5. Density, when applied 15 min., 200 psi 28 days, 150 psi 28 days, 150 psi Sulfate resistant 105 +1- 5 pcf 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405-6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405-7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi SECTION IV Page 32 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one-half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405-8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405-10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete SECTION IV Page 33 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405-11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405-11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The SECTION IV Page 34 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405-11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405-12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam -injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or b. Hydrophilic gel -injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2") SECTION IV Page 35 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils 405-12.2. MATERIALS 405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to ASTM C882 Modified Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 Calcium Aluminate Cement 1,200 1,800 psi 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x1OA-10 cm/sec to 7.6x1OA-11 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self -bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color. 405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405-12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from SECTION IV Page 38 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than two inches (2")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. SECTION IV Page 39 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION W —Technical Specifications 405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 502. MATERIALS 502-1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 026 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C 153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502-2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502-3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non -shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 -ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. SECTION IV Page 43 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. All valve extension stems shall be solid not hollow. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502-5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0 -ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0 -ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 - rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2"). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. SECTION IV Page 45 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug. 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. SECTION IV Page 46 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 503. CONSTRUCTION 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 503-2. PIPE LAYING 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503-2.2. INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503-3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503-3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line. SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 503-3.3. HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 4 of 4 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 503-3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 49 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 504. TESTS 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O -S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 506-1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SECTION IV Page 51 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506-2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506-2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506-3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506-3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506-4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506-4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506-5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 506-5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 53 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non -degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 54 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (Le. from S-1 to S-2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page 55 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 604-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605-1. MATERIAL 605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. 605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. SECTION IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. 605-2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 59 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702-1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 61 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702-2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION IV Page 62 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 703-1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch (1/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 63 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP/Spec 334-1 Type FC/Spec 337-8 Type B/Spec 234-8 ATPB/287-8 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703-6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. SECTION IV Page 65 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 also be applied to the face of all curbs hauling and applying) shall be included otherwise noted in the project scope and pl (either required or placed at the Engineer's of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall and driveways. The cost (including heating, in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless ans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch ('/<") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252. SECTION IV Page 66 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 67 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City SECTION IV Page 69 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide stripalong the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 71 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre -construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902-1. IRRIGATION 902-1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. SECTION IV Page 75 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. 902-1.2. PRODUCTS 902-1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902-1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve SECTION IV Page 76 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stem 5. Safe -T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (21/2") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut. 902-1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance -pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2.OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7"). B. For on -surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902-1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub -surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902-1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE SECTION IV Page 78 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.3. EXECUTION 902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. SECTION IV Page 80 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch ('/z"). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. SECTION IV Page 81 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. SECTION IV Page 82 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 2. Partially center Load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty-four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 83 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2. LANDSCAPE 902-2.1. GENERAL 902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST.TR.: Straight trunk. MIN: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DLA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 86 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902-2.2. PRODUCTS 902-2.2.1. MATERIALS 902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than SECTION IV Page 89 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications twenty-four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902-2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one-fourth (1/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. SECTION IV Page 90 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1"). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into native soil. 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES SECTION IV Page 91 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 902-2.3. EXECUTION 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION 902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (1 %2") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. SECTION IV Page 92 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4"). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION 902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. 13. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. SECTION IV Page 93 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. 902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each 'A" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. SECTION IV Page 94 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 902-2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run- off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non -mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION SECTION IV Page 96 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. SECTION IV Page 97 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902-2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SECTION IV Page 98 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy-two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 904. SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905-1. SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces SECTION IV Page 99 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905-3. WORK METHODS 905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four (24) hours after providing the service. 905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. SECTION IV Page 101 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3"). 905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. 905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910-1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species SECTION IV Page 103 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910-2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18"). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed. SECTION IV Page 105 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion -tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 106 of 106 Updated 3/5/2018 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 100 through 910 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS — SECTION IV ARTICLES 100-910 Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded by Division 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 103 - DEFINITION OF TERMS Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. ARTICLE 202 - OBSTRUCTIONS Revise the 3rd sentence to read: Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM). ARTICLE 207 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL Add the following: See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit www.dep.state.fl.us/water/stormwater/npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of City of Clearwater Section IVa Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary Technical Specifications 17 -0016 -UT IVa -1 00992-0237 produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion." 207-8 Add the following: No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re-establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all areas. ARTICLE 403 — SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS Article 403-1.2 Materials for Force Main Pipe shall be superseded by Division 15062 and 15065 in Section IVa Supplemental Specifications. Article 403-2.2 Installation of Force Main Pipe shall be superseded by Division 02071, 15062 and 15065 in Section IVa Supplemental Specifications. Article 403-2.2 Testing of Force Mains shall be superseded by Division 15062 and 15065 in Section IVa Supplemental Specifications. ARTICLE 500 — POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 502-4 Add the following statement: All valve boxes shall have heavy duty load rating meeting highway traffic Toads (16,000Ibs wheel Toads). ARTICLE 702 — ROADWAY AND BASE SUBGRADE 702-1 Add the following statement: When in Pinellas County Right -of -Way, roadway base and subgrade, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the Pinellas County Florida Specifications for Hot Bituminous Mixtures, Plan Methods, Equipment and Construction Methods. City of Clearwater Section IVa Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary Technical Specifications 17 -0016 -UT IVa -2 00992-0237 ARTICLE 703 — ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 703-1 Add the following statement: When in Pinellas County Right -of -Way, asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the Pinellas County Florida Specifications for Hot Bituminous Mixtures, Plan Methods, Equipment and Construction Methods. City of Clearwater Section IVa Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary Technical Specifications 17 -0016 -UT IVa -3 00992-0237 The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 00 00005 Certification Pages 00005-1 - 2 DIVISION 1 GENERAL 01010 Summary of Work 01010-1 - 3 01040 Coordination 01040-1 — 1 01045 Cutting and Patching 01045-1 — 2 01050 Field Engineering 01050-1 — 2 01300 Submittals 01300-1 — 5 01500 Temporary Facilities 01500-1 — 3 01505 Mobilization 01505-1 — 1 01630 Measurement and Payment 01630-1 — 7 01640 Quality Control 01640-1 — 3 01650 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-1 — 3 01670 Substitutions and Product Options 01670-1 — 4 01700 Contract Closeout 01700-1 — 2 DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK 02010 Subsurface Investigation 02010-1 — 1 02071 Directional Boring 02071-1 — 10 02210 Excavation and Trenching 02210-1 —11 02220 Topsoiling and Finished Grading 02220-1 — 2 DIVISIONS 3 — THRU 8 - NOT USED DIVISION 9 — PAINTING AND COATINGS 09900 Painting and Coatings 09900-1 — 5 DIVISIONS 10 - THRU 14 - NOT USED DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL 15062 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-1 — 8 15065 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-1 — 10 15066 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 15066-1 — 2 15100 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-1 — 5 DIVISION 16 — NOT USED City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Section IVa 17 -0016 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications 00992-0237 IVa -4 END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS City of Clearwater Section IVa Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Supplementary Technical Specifications 17 -0016 -UT IVa -5 00992-0237 SECTION 00005- CERTIFICATION PAGE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR BLAKE PETERS, PE PROJECT NAME: LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT The following sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid submittal for the above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01040 Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching 01050 Field Engineering 01300 Submittals 01500 Temporary Facilities 01505 Mobilization 01630 Measurement and Payment 01640 Quality Control 01650 Testing Laboratory Services 01670 Substitutions and Product Options 01700 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK 02010 Subsurface Investigation 02071 Directional Boring 02210 Excavation and Trenching 02220 Topsoiling and Finished Grading DIVISIONS 3 — THRU 8 - NOT USED DIVISION 9 — PAINTING AND COATINGS 09900 Painting and Coatings DIVISIONS 10 - THRU 14 - NOT USED City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Certification Page 00005-1 DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL 15062 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15065 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15066 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 15100 Valves and Appurtenances DIVISION 16 — NOT USED Blake Peters, PE Florida Professional Engineer No. 64429 McKim & Creed, Inc. 551 North Cattlemen Road Suite 106 Sarasota FL 34232 END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Certification Page 00005-2 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Work is being performed for the City of Clearwater (CITY). B. The Work is located between the City's Lift Station 45 and the Sand Key Bridge on Gulf Boulevard in Pinellas County, FL. C. The Work to be performed under this Contract includes, but is not limited to, constructing the Work outlined below and specifically detailed in all related specifications and drawings. The major Work can be described as follows: Construct approximately 4,150 LF of 20" force main by horizontal directional drill. Construct approximately 560 LF of 16" force main by open cut. Develop Temporary Traffic Control Plans and provide Maintenance of Traffic. Provide erosion control. Provide all surface restoration including extended milling and paving. 1.2 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. Contracting Method: Work shall be constructed under one prime Contractor. Contractor shall, self -perform over 50% percent of the total labor work using their own workforce. 1.3 WORK BY OTHERS A. Other construction contracts have been or will be awarded by CITY that are in close proximity to or border on the Work of this Contract. Work under these other contracts is briefly described as follows: 1. No anticipated projects in close proximity 1.4 WORK BY CITY A. CITY will perform the following in connection with the Work: 1. Operate all existing valves, pumps, equipment, and appurtenances that will affect CITY's operation, unless otherwise specified or indicated. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Summary of Work 01010-1 1.5 CITY FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Items of equipment and materials to be furnished by CITY for installation by CONTRACTOR are: 1. None. 1.6 ASSIGNED PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS A. Contracts for procurement of goods described in this paragraph will be assigned to CONTRACTOR as specified in the Agreement. 1. None. 1.7 SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK A. Construct new force main from STA 0+80 to STA 56+60. Pig, mandrel and pressure test new force main. B. Construct connections to the existing force main. Place new force main into operation. Maintain existing force main as available emergency bypass during startup of the new force main. C. Isolate and grout fill existing force main as indicated on the plans. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE A. CONTRACTOR's use of the Site shall be confined to the areas defined in the pre-bid meeting. Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a markup of the site plan showing the proposed storage area. B. Move stored products that interfere with operations of CITY, County, other contractors, and others performing work for CITY. 1.9 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. Easements and rights-of-way will be provided by CITY in accordance with the General Conditions. Confine construction operations within CITY's property, public rights-of-way, easements obtained by CITY, and the limits shown. Use care in placing construction tools, equipment, excavated materials, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work to avoid damaging property and interfering with traffic. Do not enter private property outside the construction limits without permission from the owner of the property. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Summary of Work 01010-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.10 NOTICES TO CITY AND AUTHORITIES OF PROPERTIES ADJACENT TO THE WORK A. Notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect their property, facilities, or use of property. B. When it is necessary to temporarily obstruct an entrance to property, or when utility service connection will be interrupted, provide notices sufficiently in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs. Conform notices to Laws and Regulations and, whether delivered orally or in writing, include appropriate information concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit inconvenience caused thereby. C. Notify utility owners and other concerned entities at least 10 full business days prior to cutting or closing streets, lane closures or other traffic areas or excavating near Underground Facilities or exposed utilities. 1.11 SALVAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Existing equipment and materials removed and not shown or specified to be reused in the Work will become CONTRACTOR's property, unless otherwise stated. See any exceptions above in Scope. B. Existing equipment and materials removed by CONTRACTOR shall not be reused in the Work, except where so specified or indicated. C. Carefully remove in manner to prevent damage all equipment and materials specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused or to remain property of CITY. Store and protect salvaged items specified or indicated to be used in the Work. Replace in kind or with new items equipment, materials, and components damaged in removal, storage, or handling through carelessness or improper procedures. D. CONTRACTOR may furnish and install new items, with CITY's approval, instead of those specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused, in which case such removed items will become CITY's property of first right of refusal. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Summary of Work 01010-3 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the construction efforts. This shall include but not necessarily be limited to coordination of the following: 1. The work of subcontractors. 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 3. The interrelated work with public and private utility companies. 4. The interrelated work with the Owner where tie-ins to existing facilities are required and where existing equipment must remain in operation. 5. The effort of independent testing agencies. B. Work within Pinellas County Right -of -Way shall be in accordance with the Right - of -Way Utilization Permit. C. At least one entrance to each property shall be maintained at all times. See Drawings C05 and C08 for additional entrance restrictions. D. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating garbage collection within project limits when construction activities prevent normal access to dumpsters. Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Clearwater and impacted communities to determine acceptable temporary dumpster collection arrangements either via the contractor moving the dumpster to an accessible location during collection day, providing the collection truck with a temporary means of access to the dumpster, temporarily relocating the dumpster, or by other means. Temporary dumpster relocations shall be indicated in the Contractor's traffic control plan. E. There shall be no construction work causing service interruptions to utilities customers, unless advance written approval is secured from the affected utility authority. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Coordination 17 -0016 -UT 01040-1 00992-0237 SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting (including excavating), fitting, and patching of the Work required to: B. Make the parts fit properly. C. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contact Documents. D. Rework existing items to provide for new construction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all cutting and patching in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of these Specifications and, in the event no such requirements are determined, in conformance with the Engineer's written direction. B. Codes and standards for work of this section shall be the same as for the pertinent sections of this specification. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Request for Engineer's Consent: 1. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Engineer for permission to proceed with cutting. 2. Should conditions of the Work, or schedule, indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Engineer and secure his written permission prior to proceeding. B. Notice to the Engineer: Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time the Work will be uncovered, to provide for the Engineer's observation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials used in the replacement of existing work and the construction of work in conjunction with cutting and patching shall be new unless prior approval from the Engineer has been obtained to re -use existing materials. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Cutting and Patching 01045-1 2.2 FABRICATION A. The materials and methods used in the fabrication of items required under this section shall comply with the individual sections of this specification that have to do with new construction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITIONS1 A. Examination: 1 1 1 1 1. Examine existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, backfilling, and patching. 2. After uncovering the Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of the new Work. B. Discrepancies: 1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Engineer and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring, bracing, and support to maintain structural integrity of the Work. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Perform all required excavating and backfilling as required under pertinent Sections of these Specifications. Perform cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. Perform fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Patching Cutting and 17 -0016 -UT 01045-2 00992-0237 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and grades and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state where the project is located. 1.2 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS A. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. Survey monuments, benchmarks or other reference points, which must be disturbed by construction operations, shall be witnessed, removed and replaced by a Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM), registered in the State of Florida. B. Basic horizontal and vertical control points are indicated on the plans. These points shall be used as datum for the Work. All additional survey, layout, and measurement Work shall be performed by Contractor as a part of the Work. The contractor shall provide, install and maintain construction stakes for grades and measurements necessary for execution and control of the work. C. Contractor shall provide an experienced instrument man, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials required to complete the survey, layout and measurement Work. In addition, Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent men from his force and such tools, stakes, and other materials as Owner may require in establishing or designating control points, or in checking survey, layout, and measurement Work performed by Contractor. Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state where the project is located. 1.3 LAYOUT DATA A. The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Owner with the as-builts for the project. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Field Engineering 01050-1 1.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES A. The locations for existing underground piping and structures shown on the Drawings were taken from the available records. The actual locations of the existing underground piping and structures may differ from that shown on the Drawings. B. The Drawings may not show existing underground electrical conduits, small piping, or other piping and structures. Prior to starting excavations for structures or the installation of underground piping, conduits, and other facilities the Contractor shall thoroughly examine the proposed locations and routes for possible conflict. C. The Contractor shall excavate and expose all existing underground piping, conduit, or other structures which may conflict with the new facilities or other improvements. The locations, both horizontally and vertically, of all such existing facilities shall be shown on the as-builts. D. After completion of the subsurface investigations the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any possible conflicts between the existing and new facilities. The Contractor, Owner, and the Engineer will then confer and resolve the potential conflicts prior to the start of the installation of the new facilities. 1.5 AS-BUILTS A. The Contractor shall keep one set of Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Modifications and Shop Drawings at the site in good order, and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. As-Builts shall be up- to-date as the project progresses, will be subject to review on a monthly basis by the Owner, and, subject to the review, be a basis for monthly payments. B. These documents shall be available at any time to the Owner and, together with copies of all survey notes, be delivered in final form to the Owner upon completion of the project. C. The location, both horizontally and vertically, of all underground piping, conduit, and other structures shall be shown on the as-builts. All fittings, valves, and other appurtenances shall be located and shown on the as-builts in accordance with Section 6.11.2 "As -Built Drawings" in the General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Field Engineering 01050-2 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. At or before the preconstruction conference, Contractor shall submit for review a preliminary schedule of the proposed construction operations. The construction schedule shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of starting and completion of each part, and the installation date for each major item of equipment, and the time for making connections to existing piping, the critical path, structures, or facilities. Within 10 days after receipt of the Owner's comments, the Contractor shall submit an updated Construction Progress Schedule. B. An updated schedule shall be submitted with each application for progress payment, or at least every 30 days, to reflect changes in the progress of the work. All schedules shall indicate the critical path. C. If the progress of the work falls behind schedule, the Contractor shall submit a report which includes sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, the factors' effect on the construction schedule and the Contractor's proposed corrective actions. Any work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to Owner, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. The Owner may require the Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction forces, as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind schedule at any time during the construction period. 1.2 PROGRESS REPORTS A. A progress report shall be furnished to Owner with each application for progress payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit additional progress reports at such intervals as Owner may request. B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to Owner, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. C. Each progress report shall also include three prints of the accepted graphic schedule marked to indicate actual progress. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. After review of the tentative schedule at the preconstruction conference, and before submission of the first application for payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner a schedule of values covering each lump sum City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Submittals 17 -0016 -UT 01300-1 00992-0237 item. The schedule of values, showing the value of each kind of work, shall be acceptable to Owner before any application for payment is prepared. B. The sum of the lump sum items, plus the extended unit price items listed in the schedule of values shall equal the contract price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction facilities, may be listed separately in the schedule of values, provided the amounts can be substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. C. An unbalanced schedule of values providing for overpayment to the Contractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be accepted. The schedule of values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to Owner. Final acceptance by Owner shall indicate only consent to the schedule of values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress payments and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT A. Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall furnish to Owner a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more than 10 percent from the estimated payment schedule. 1.5 SURVEY DATA B. All field books, notes, and other data developed by the Contractor in performing surveys required as part of the work shall be available to Owner for examination throughout the construction period. All such data shall be submitted to Owner with the other documentation required for final acceptance of the Work. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA A. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials that will become a permanent part of the work under this Contract shall be submitted to Owner, or the Owner's representative, for review. These data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. B. All submittals regardless of origin, shall be reviewed, dated, stamped, approved, sealed (if required) and signed by the Contractor prior to submission. Each submittal shall be identified with the name and number of this Contract, the Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and/or Contract Drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all drawings and other descriptive data. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Submittals 17 -0016 -UT 01300-2 00992-0237 C. Contractor's stamp of approval is a representation to the Owner and the Engineer that the Contractor accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that he has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the work and the Contract Documents. D. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified on each submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by the Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. E. The Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission, and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions previously noted by the Owner and/or the Engineer have been addressed. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of Contractor to account for exceptions previously noted, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer for review of the additional resubmissions. F. Resubmittals shall be made within 30 days of the date of the letter returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within 14 days the Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that time. G. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining the Owner's and/or the Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the work authorized by a Change Order or by failure of the Engineer to retum any submittal within 14 days after its receipt in Engineer's office. H. The Contractor's letter of resubmittal shall list the date of his original submittal letter, the date of the Engineer's letter returning the submittal, and the dates of submission and return of any previous resubmittals. In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse the Engineer in the amount of $200.00 for review of the second resubmittal and each of any subsequent resubmittals. The Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by the Contractor will cover only general conformity to the drawings and specifications. The Engineer's review does not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device or item shown. The Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations, nor responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. J. Eight (8) copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to Engineer. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. Resubmittals shall bear the number of City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Submittals 17 -0016 -UT 01300-3 00992-0237 the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.), to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. K. When the drawings and data are returned marked AMEND AND RESUBMIT or REJECTED, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the Engineer and eight (8) corrected copies resubmitted. L. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall in writing direct specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by Engineer on previous submissions. M. When the drawings and data are returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN, or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED, no additional copies need be furnished. 1.7 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Included in Bid shall be the cost of furnishing competent and experienced manufacturer's representatives who shall represent the manufacturer on products furnished, assist the Contractor to install products in conformity with the Contract Documents, and provide owner training and maintenance instruction. 1.8 LAYOUT DATA A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and calculations made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies of such data shall be furnished to the Owner's Project Representative for use in checking B. Contractor's layout as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner by Engineer with other records upon completion of the Work. 1.9 SUBMITTAL AND RFI LOGS A. Contractor will be responsible for the preparation of Submittal and RFI Logs. These Togs are due no later than two (2) weeks from the Preconstruction Conference and are to be updated and brought to each Progress Meeting. The Submittal log should be a complete list of all proposed submittals required for the project. The RFI log will serve to ensure timely response to all Requests for Information. 1.10 SUBMITTALS FOR COLOR SELECTION A. The following is a list of items which must be submitted together for color selection. No single item on this list will be approved without the submittal of all other items. 1. Exterior package: Paint for aboveground piping, valves, valve box covers, meter box covers, etc. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Submittals 17 -0016 -UT 01300-4 00992-0237 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Submittals 17 -0016 -UT 01300-5 00992-0237 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary accommodations (to include portable toilets) for employees and official site visitors, to comply with the requirements and regulations of the State of Florida, the County Health Department and/or other regulatory agencies. B. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at least one toilet will be furnished for each 20 men. Contractor shall enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. 1.2 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions such as material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the construction area. C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover. D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open over weekends and holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during adverse weather conditions. 1.3 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Temporary Facilities 01500-1 surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and shrubs in yards and parkings, shall be restored to their original condition, whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with new materials. 1.4 PARKING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's operations, or construction activities. 1.5 DUST CONTROL A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered when practicable to prevent blowing. B. Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. C. Contractor shall employ best management practices as specified in Section IV Article 207. 1.6 SWEEPING A. The Contractor shall sweep/clean all roadways, driveways, sidewalks, etc. within the work area at the end of each workday. 1.7 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other substance will be permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable measures will be taken to prevent such materials form entering any drain or watercourse. 1.8 PROJECT SIGN A. Provide sign(s) for the Contract identifying the project and identifying the participants in the development of the project The Project Sign shall be provided and erected in accordance with Section III Article 23. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Temporary Facilities 01500-2 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Temporary Facilities 01500-3 SECTION 01505 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION AND SCOPE A. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, compliance with the General Conditions outlined in Section III and the following principle items: 1. indemnification 2. Preconstruction Conference as specified in Section III Article 2.5. 3. Notify residences in accordance with Section III Article 22. 4. Move onto the site all Contractor's plant and equipment required for first month operations. 5. Install temporary construction power, water supply, wiring, and lighting facilities. 6. Establish fire protection plan and safety program. 7. Provide on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified. 8. Arrange for, and erect, Contractor's work and storage yard and employees' parking facilities. 9. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. 10. Obtain all required permits. 11. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, SWFWMD, Department of Labor, and all other required notices. 12. Have Contractor's superintendent at the job site full time. 13. Erect project sign(s) as specified in Section III Article 23. 14. Submit storm water management/dewatering plan, schedule of values, list of shop drawings, and detailed construction schedule acceptable to Owner. 15. Provide audio -video recording of existing conditions in accordance with Section IV Article 105. 16. Demobilization 17. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals. 18. Construct, maintain, and/or restore any temporary access and haul roads. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Mobilization 17 -0016 -UT 01505-1 00992-0237 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. B. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under this Contract. 1.2 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions. 1.3 EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum and unit price bid for each item of Work which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. 1.4 TAXES AND PERMITS A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in the Bidder's proposal. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Measurement and Payment 01630-1 1.5 RETAINAGE A. Refer to Articles 6.1, 14.1 and 14.7 of the General Conditions. 1.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Article 14 of the General Conditions. 1. Bid Item No. 1 - Mobilization/Demobilization a. The lump sum amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary for the Contractor to mobilize and demobilize. Mobilization shall be the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project, including, but not limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site, construction videos, and for the establishment of temporary offices, storage buildings, staging areas, construction fencing, silt fence, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by the Contract Documents and applicable laws and regulations. The costs of bonds, required insurance, permits and any other preconstruction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this item. Demobilization shall be the work of removing temporary facilities, project signs, erosion control, temporary fencing, etc. from the site. b. The price bid for mobilization shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total contract cost bid. Partial payments for this item will be made in accordance with the following schedule: Percent of Original Contract Allowable Percent of the Amount Earned Lump Sum Price for the Item 5 25 10 50 25 75 50 100 These payments will be subject to the standard retainage provided in the agreement. Payment shall be made under Item No. 1 Payment of the retainage will be made after completion of the work and demobilization. 2. Bid Item No. 2 — Maintenance of Traffic a. The lump sum amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary for the Contractor to develop temporary traffic control plans (TCP) and provide maintenance of City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Measurement and Payment 01630-2 traffic and pedestrians, as required, throughout the duration of this project. Maintenance of traffic shall include, but not be limited to, required submittals, temporary traffic control plans, permits, signage, lighting, equipment, installing and removing temporary thermoplastic striping and raised payment markers, supplies and incidentals for the establishment of maintenance of traffic, as required by the Contract Documents and applicable laws and regulations. Payment shall be for percentage of time maintenance of traffic provided compared to the maintenance of traffic required to execute Work under this Contract. 3. Bid Item No. 3 — Grout Fill Existing Force Main a. The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to grout in place the existing 16" ductile iron and PVC force main including, but not limited to, bracing, sheeting and shoring; excavation; dewatering; cutting; draining pipe; collection and disposal of sewage in the force main; grouting; capping; backf ill; compaction; removal of valve boxes and pads; and removal of air release valves and vaults; restoration; erosion control and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be per linear foot measured horizontally above the centerline of the force main, acceptably grout filled where shown on the drawings and specified or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be the actual number of linear feet of the force main grout filled. 4. Bid Item No. 4 — Install Force Main by Open Cut a. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to install the 16" force main by open cut installation including, but not limited to, exploratory excavation; joints and jointing materials, bracing, sheeting and shoring; excavation; dewatering; bedding and backf ill; compaction; tracer wire and testing; polyethylene encasement; protection of existing above ground and underground utilities; incidental removal of existing force main as required to install the new force main; all restoration including asphalt pavement, striping, concrete sidewalk, concrete curb, concrete swale, sod, and fence removal and replacement; disposal of excess soil; all specified testing including hydrostatic, and soil densities; flushing; pigging; erosion control and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be per linear foot, measured horizontally above the centerline of the force main including the length of any valves or fittings, acceptably furnished and installed City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Measurement and Payment 01630-3 where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be the actual number of linear feet of the force main installed. 5. Bid Item No. 5 — Install Force Main by Horizontal Directional Drill a. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to install the 20" force main by horizontal directional drill installation including, but not limited to, exploratory excavation; HDPE/MJ adapter and restraining gland; incidental open cut/laydown between drills; bracing, sheeting and shoring; dewatering; bedding and backf ill; tracer wire and testing; protection of existing above ground and underground utilities; incidental removal of existing force main as required to install the new force main; any provisions required, including but not limited to installation of conductor casing, to minimize hydrofracture and protect existing utilities adjacent to mud pits; including all restoration including asphalt pavement, striping, concrete sidewalk, concrete curb, sod, and fence removal and replacement; disposal of excess soil; all specified testing including hydrostatic, and soil densities; compaction; flushing; pigging; erosion control and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be per linear foot, measured horizontally above the centerline of the force main including the length of the HDPE/MJ adapter, acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be the actual number of linear feet of the force main installed. 6. Bid Item No. 6 — Plug Valves a. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to install the 16" plug valves for the force main including, but not limited to, the valves; valve boxes and covers; poly wrap; tracer wire access; valve identification tags; concrete valve box pad; extension stems; excavation; backf ill; dewatering; bracing, sheeting and shoring; restoration; and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be on an individual basis according to the number of plug valves acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be the actual number of plug valves installed. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Measurement and Payment 01630-4 7. Bid Item No. 7 - Compact Ductile Iron Fittings a. b. c. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to install compact ductile iron fittings including, but not limited to, excavation, bracing, shoring, and sheeting; dewatering; bedding and backfill; protection of existing above ground and underground utilities; polyethylene encasement; bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets; disposal of spoil; restoration; and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. Measurement: Measurement will be the weight in tons of compact ductile iron fittings as denoted in the manufacturers' catalogues without bolts/nuts, glands, and accessories acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. Payment: Payment will be for the actual number of tons installed. 8. Bid Item No. 8 — Joint Restraints a. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to install retainer gland assemblies or locking gaskets used in installing restrained joints on ductile iron pipe including, but not limited to, restraining devices; bolts and nuts; excavation; bracing, shoring, and sheeting; dewatering; bedding and backfill; restoration; and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. Restrained joints/glands used for directional drilling shall be included with the cost of the pipe in Bid Item No. 5. All joints within project limits shall be restrained. b. Measurement: Measurement will be on an individual basis for each size of retainer gland assembly or locking gasket acceptably installed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment will be according to the number of retainer gland assemblies or locking gaskets acceptably installed. 9. Bid Item No. 9 - Automatic Air Release Valve Assemblies a. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to install the automatic air release valve assemblies for the force main including, but not limited to, the air release valves; tapping saddle; curb stop; ball valves; above grade enclosure; ; valve identification tags; concrete collar; small diameter piping; excavation; backfill; dewatering; bracing, sheeting and shoring; restoration; and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be on an individual basis according to the number and type of automatic air release valve City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Measurement and Payment 17 -0016 -UT 01630-5 00992-0237 assemblies acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be the actual number of automatic air release valve assemblies installed. 10. Bid Item No. 10- Connections to Existing Force Main a. Description: The unit price for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to connect to the existing force mains including exploratory excavation; isolation of force main; excavation; dewatering; cutting and removal of existing force main as required for connection; backfill; bracing, sheeting and shoring; disposal of wastewater; any and all pumping and/or removal/hauling of wastewater from affected lift stations to designated location; temporary and permanent post restraint (including reverse deadmans); coordination and scheduling of the Work with the City; restoration; erosion control and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. Fittings, and valves are not a part of this Bid Item and are to be included elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be on an individual basis according to the number of connections made to existing force main acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be the actual number of connections to the existing force main completed. Payment shall be made under: (1) Item No. 10a — Connection to Existing Force Main (STA 0+85) (2) Item No. 10b - Connection to Existing Force Main (STA 56+70) 11. Bid Item No. 11- Unsuitable Soil Removal and Replacement a. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to remove and replace unsuitable soil including, but not limited to, excavation; disposal of unsuitable material; furnishing and compaction of select fill; dewatering; bracing, sheeting and shoring; and all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be the volume in cubic yards of material acceptably removed and measured in the truck where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be made for the actual number of cubic yards removed. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Measurement and Payment 01630-6 1 1 1 1 1 12. Bid Item No. 12- Milling and Resurfacing a. Description: The unit price amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to mill and resurface the road including, but not limited to, milling the road to a minimum depth of 1.5" and resurfacing with SP -12.5 asphalt, including all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. b. Measurement: Measurement will be per square yard, measured acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. c. Payment: Payment shall be the actual number of square yards of the Milling and Resurfacing installed. 13. Bid Item No. 13- Thermoplastic Striping a. Description: The lump sum amount for this Bid Item shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to replace the existing thermoplastic striping including, but not limited to, lane striping, stop bars, turn arrows, raised reflective pavement markings and other pavement markings in accordance with SSRBC and FDOT Index 711-001 (Latest Edition) including all ancillary items unless indicated elsewhere. Payment shall be for percentage of thermoplastic striping installed compared to total required to execute Work under this Contract. Payment for installing and removing temporary thermoplastic striping and raised payment markers during the construction period shall be included in Bid Item 2 Maintenance of Traffic. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Measurement and Payment 01630-7 SECTION 01640 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Mock-up. E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Section 01650 - Testing Laboratory Services. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner Bids. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Quality Control 01640-1 B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Owner's Project Representative before proceeding. C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.5 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for review. B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been accepted by Owner's Project Representative. 1.6 MOCK-UP A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. B. Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after mock-up has been accepted by Owner's Project Representative. 1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing. B. The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Owner. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner, Contractor, and the Engineer, in duplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Owner and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Owner. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Quality Control 01640-2 1.8 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. Submit qualifications of observer to Owner's Project Representative 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Owner. B. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. C. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. D. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Owner's Project Representative for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Quality Control 01640-3 SECTION 01650 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selection and payment. B. Laboratory responsibilities. C. Laboratory reports. D. Limits on testing laboratory authority. E. Contractor responsibilities. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ANSI/ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.4 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASTM E329 and ANSI/ASTM D3740. B. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the state in which Project is located. C. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-1 D. Submittals: The contractor shall submit the name, address and qualifications of selected laboratory for Owner's approval prior to application for first payment. E. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.6 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Owner and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Owner and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. F Perform additional inspections and tests required by Owner's Project Representative. 1.7 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two copies of laboratory report to Owner and to Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued, 2. Project title and number, 3. Name of inspector, 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection, 5. Identification of product and Specifications Section, 6. Location in the Project, 7. Type of inspection or test, 8. Date of test, 9. Results of tests, 10. Conformance with Contract Documents. C. When requested by Owner, provide interpretation of test results. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-2 1.8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.9 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. C. Notify Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. D. Employ services of a separate qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-3 SECTION 01670 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General 1. This section covers furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and performing all work and services for furnishing, submission, processing and handling of requests for substitution and product options. See items as indicated on drawings and as specified. Any substitution or option shall be in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with work of other trades. 2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 3. See appropriate sections for specific items specified. See General Conditions for additional information. B. Procedure 1. For equipment and materials which are listed in the proposal, observe procedures outlined in Information for Bidders. 2. For products, equipment, and materials which are named in drawings or specifications for which a request for substitution is made, observe procedures outlined in these specifications. C. Cost incurred by requester in providing information, catalogs, and samples - including but not limited to labor, materials, freight postage, and transportation - are sole cost of "Requestor" with no cost assessed Owner or Engineer. D. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation. E. All communication with the City during bidding phase shall be in writing, either by e-mail or fax, and shall be directed to the City's Engineering Department at: City of Clearwater, Engineering Department ATTN: Todd Kuhnel 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 Fax: (727) 562-4798 E-mail: todd.kuhnel@MyClearwater.com F. All communication with the City during construction shall be through the City's Engineering Department. The City's Project Representative shall be introduced at the pre -construction meeting. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Substitutions and Product Options 01670-1 1.2 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION - GENERAL A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names. Where this occurs, it was not intended to exclude from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing other trade names, catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names, capable of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material specifically indicated, unless specifically noted as such. C. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. D. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not specifically indicated must be approved in writing by Engineer and be agreed upon by Owner prior to letting of Contract. E. Conditional bids will not be accepted. 1.3 SUBMISSION OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION A. After the bid date and prior to award of the Contract, the Engineer will consider requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other items. Requests must be received by Engineer within ten calendar days after the date of bid opening. All requests for substitution shall be completed as specified below. B. Substitute items must comply with color and pattern of base specified items unless specifically approved otherwise. C. Submit four (4) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1. Name of product located by Drawing No. or Specification No., followed by a detail or line number the particular item(s) for which request for substitution is initiated. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 3. For products: a. Product identification by schedule or tag no., including manufacturer's name. b. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be considered: 1) Product Description. 2) Performance and test data. 3) Reference standards. 4) Difference in power demand. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Substitutions and Product Options 01670-2 5) Dimensional differences for specified unit. c. Submit samples, full size if so required. Engineer reserves right to impound sample until physical units are installed on project for comparison purposes. All costs of furnishing and return of samples shall be paid by requester. Engineer is not responsible for Toss of or damage to samples. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and field performance data on installation. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product, materials, systems or other items specified. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product, materials, systems or other items specified. 7. Include with any request a specific statement defining changes in contract time or amount. D. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, Supplier/Manufacturer represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product, materials, systems or other items, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2. Will provide same or better warranty for substitute item as for product, materials, systems or other items specified. 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include but not be limited to the following: a. Building and structure modifications as necessary b. Additional ancillary equipment to accommodate change c. Piping, valving, mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation changes d. All other changes required for work to be complete in all respects to permit incorporation of substitution into project 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution, which subsequently become apparent. E. Written acceptance or rejection of items presented for alternative consideration will be given within two weeks after request is received. G. In the event the acceptance of an alternate results in a change in contract price or time, or is a deviation from the Contract Documents, a change order will be issued to reflect such change. In the event the acceptance of an alternate does not result in a change in Contract price or time, a field order shall be issued. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Substitutions and Product Options 01670-3 H. Rejection of alternates: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or building spaces. 2. If they are in Engineer's opinion, not equal to base product specified, or will not adequately perform function for which intended. 3. If request is not initiated by the Contractor in accordance with this specification section. 1.4 SUBSTITUTION AFTER CONTRACT AWARD A. Unavailability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences are only reasons for substitution after Contract award. B. Notify Owner in writing, as soon as condition of unavailability becomes apparent; include substantiating data. Submit request for substitution sufficiently in advance to avoid delays. C. Submit data as required in paragraph 1.3 C above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Substitutions and Product Options 01670-4 SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Final cleaning B. Adjusting C. Project record documents D. Warranties 1.2 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies of all applicable warranties and guarantees. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cloth cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record information concurrent with construction progress as indicated in specifications. See Section III Article 6.11.2 for As -Built requirements. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Contract Closeout 01700-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 END OF SECTION Contract Closeout 01700-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02010- SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Soils investigation reports have been prepared for the project by Driggers Engineering Inc. hereafter referred to as the Geotechnical Engineer, dated June 29, 2018. The soils -investigation reports are included in the Appendix of this Invitation for Bid package. B. The report was obtained only for the Engineer's use in design. The report is available for bidder's information, but is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Bidders should visit the site and acquaint themselves with all existing conditions. Prior to bidding, bidders may at their cost, make their own subsurface investigations to satisfy themselves as to site and subsurface conditions, but all such investigations shall be performed under time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Subsurface Investigation 02010-1 SECTION 02071 - DIRECTIONAL BORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work specified in this section consists of furnishing and installing underground utilities using the horizontal directional drilling (HDD) method of installation, also commonly referred to as directional boring or guided horizontal boring. This work shall include all services, equipment, materials, and labor for the complete and proper installation, testing, protection of existing underground utilities and environmental protection and restoration. B. The overall work scope shall include, but not be limited to steerable directional boring equipment, boring pits and equipment, sheeting, location signs as required, miscellaneous appurtenances to complete the entire Work as shown on the Contract Drawings, and restoration, including irrigation system replacement. Directional boring operations shall be performed within the right-of-way and/or easements shown on the Drawings. C. The equipment used in directional boring shall be of adequate commercial size and satisfactory working condition for safe operation and may be subject to approval by the Owner at the discretion of the Engineer. Such approval, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for making a satisfactory installation meeting the criteria set forth herein. Drilling equipment shall be capable of a minimum of 150% of the anticipated drilling forces. The contractor shall be required to have access to a backup drilling rig of equal or greater pulling capacity which can be mobilized to the site in less than 24 hours after the documented failure. Only workmen experienced in directional boring operations shall be used in performing the Work. D. Provide all structures, safety equipment, and professional services required to provide for the health and safety of the general public and of personnel involved in directional boring work in accordance with the requirements of the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. E. Take all measures necessary to protect surrounding public and private property, adjacent buildings, roads, drives, sidewalks, and appurtenances from damage due to directional boring work. Responsibility and payment for correction of such damage shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. F. The project schedule shall be established on the basis of working a normal work schedule including five days per week, single shift, and eight hours per day or four days per week, single shift, ten hours per day. G. The Owner shall be notified 48 -hours (minimum) in advance of starting the drilling work. The Directional Bore procedure shall not begin until the proper preparations (see work plan) for the operation have been completed. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-1 H. The Directional boring operation is to be operated in a manner to eliminate the discharge of water, drilling mud, and cuttings to the waterways or to the land areas involved during the construction process. 1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). B. American Water Works Associations (AWWA). 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Directional boring and pipe installation shall be done only by an experienced Contractor specializing in directional boring and whose key personnel have at least 5 years experience in this work, and the installation of similar size pipe. B. All personnel shall be fully trained in the respective duties as part of the directional drilling crew and in safety. A supervisor thoroughly familiar with the equipment and type of work to be performed shall be in direct charge and control of the operation at all times. The supervisor shall be present at the job site during the actual directional bore operation. The contractor shall have a sufficient number of competent workers on the job at all times to insure the directional bore procedure shall be made in a timely and satisfactory manner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review complete construction drawings and/or complete written description identifying details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations to be performed during construction, as required by the method of tunnel excavation approved. The drawings and descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer whether the proposed materials and procedures will meet the requirements of this specification. Contractor shall submit arrangement drawings and technical specifications of the machine and trailing equipment. 1. Complete details of the equipment, methods and procedures to be used, including but not limited to primary lining installation, timing of installation in relation to the excavation plan and sequence, proposed night work, maintaining access to residential and commercial properties, access for blocked driveways, pipe layout and staging, bulkheads, etc. 2. Grouting techniques (if required), including equipment, pumping procedures, pressure grout types, mixtures and plug systems. 3. Method of controlling line and grade of excavation. 4. Details of muck removal, including equipment type, number, and disposal location. 5. Proposed contingency plans for critical phases and areas of directional drilling. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-2 B. The Contractor shall prepare an installation plan which describes the noise reduction program, contingency plan, solids control plant, pilot hole drilling procedure, use of conductor casing(s) if determined by the Contractor as required, the reaming operation, the pullback procedure, ballasting, use of rollers, sidebooms, side rollers, coating protection, internal cleaning, internal gauging, hydrostatic test, tracer wire testing, sheeting, shoring, dewatering, and gauging. All required support, including drilling tool suppliers, survey systems, mud cleaning, mud disposal, and other required support systems used during this operation shall be provided by the Contractor. C. The contingency plan to be submitted shall describe the Contractor's proposed actions to the following events: 1. Hydrofracture Pian 2. Loss of return or circulation of drilling fluids. 3. Pilot bore, reaming or product pullback obstruction. 4. Design line and grade deviations. 5. Loss of drill pipe or product. 6. Product collapse. D. The installation plan shall include a detailed plan and profile of the bores plotted at a scale no smaller than one inch equals 20 feet horizontal and one inch equals 5 feet vertical. The Contractor shall follow the pipeline alignment on the drawings with the exception of deviations proposed on the installation plan or pipeline adjustments during installation that are approved by the Owner and Engineer prior to implementation. The Contractor shall provide anticipated drilling rates for pilot bore, reaming, number of pipe segments and pullback procedures. These drilling rates shall be used to calculate drilling fluid volumes required for pilot hole, each reaming pass and pullback. The contractor shall guarantee pump capacity and that the drilling fluid cleaning system is capable of sustaining the anticipated drilling rates during the pilot bore, reaming and pullback. The Contractor shall have redundant or back-up equipment of at least equivalent size available within 24 hours or less. E. The installation plan shall consist of drawings showing the proposed layout of equipment and product within the allowable work space and shall also include a listing of major equipment along with the resumes of the supervisory personnel to be used. F. Detailed descriptions, information, and catalog cuts for HDPE pipe, fittings, and transition fittings, and drilling fluids shall be submitted. G. Quality Control Methods. At least 10 days prior to the start of directional drilling, Contractor shall submit a description of his quality control methods he proposes to use in his operations to the Engineer. The submittal shall describe: City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-3 1. Procedures for controlling and checking line and grade 2. Field forms for establishing and checking line and grade H. The Contractor shall submit a detailed schedule for the HDD installation at least fifteen (15) days prior to HDD equipment mobilization. The detailed schedule shall identify all major construction activities and durations, with beginning and completion dates shown. The detailed schedule shall be updated at least every week or more frequently, as directed by the Engineer, and shall include but not limited to the following items: 1. Pre -construction walk over and inspection. 2. Regular Mobilization and set-up. 3. Installation of conductor casing(s) (if required for successful installation) 4. Pilot bore 5. Pre -reaming and reaming. 6. Layout and thermal butt fusing of pipe. 7. Pressure testing of pipe prior to pullback. 8. Final reaming and pullback of product pipe. 9. Annulus grouting after installation (if required). 10. Installation of temporary pig launch and receiving locations per Section 02661. 11. Pig test to confirm that deformations of product pipe are within allowable tolerances and to clean the line. 12. Pressure testing of pipe after pullback. 13. Cleanup, surface restoration, and demobilization. The Contractor shall maintain and update daily an operator logbook. The logbook shall include the drill locator's notes and records of the bore from the steering and tracking system. The logbook should also include pipe diameter, depth, pitch, steering commands, drilling fluid circulation/volume and pressure, drilling fluid composition, ground conditions, date, time on-site, footage obtained during that day, pulling forces, torsional forces and any pertinent notes. The logbook shall be legible, accurate, and shall be submitted to the Owner upon completion of the work and made available throughout the installation process. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-4 J. A Frac-out and Surface Spill Contingency Plan shall be prepared for the installation of pipelines using HDD. This plan shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to construction. The Contractor shall submit a letter of intent signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor, confirming that the plan will be followed. The contingency plan for inadvertent returns/hydrofracture shall address all potential pathways for release of drilling fluid, and shall address containment, cleanup, and mitigation measures as well as reporting procedures and points of contact for the Contractor, City, regulatory and permitting agencies. The Plan shall address releases to the ground surface, wetlands, and to waterways as applicable. A list of the stand-by equipment, to be located on-site during the complete boring operation, shall be provided by the Contractor to recover fluids from the waterway via truck and via boat. Floating turbidity barriers shall be part of the stand-by equipment to minimize dispersion in the event that drilling fluids reach the waterway. K. Safety. Procedures including, but not limited to, monitoring for gases encountered shall be submitted. L. Hazardous chemical list as well as all MSDS and technical data sheets. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 DIRECTIONAL BORING EQUIPMENT A. The directional boring equipment shall be suitable for installing pipe sizes shown on the Contract Drawings for the soil conditions presented in the geotechnical report. B. The directional boring equipment shall be steerable by means of an electronic tool directional system with downhole wireline tracking system and shall provide bentonite clay slurry to completely seal around the installed carrier pipe. C. Steel casing pipe shall not be required except when a conductor casing is determined as required by the contractor for successful HDD installation. D. The contractor shall provide and maintain instrumentation necessary to accurately locate the pilot hole (both horizontal and vertical displacements), measure pilot string torsional and axial and measure drilling fluid discharge rate and pressure. The Owner shall have access to instrumentation and readings at all times during operation. E. The Contractor shall provide all materials for completing the installation and for adequate protection of the work. F. The carrier pipe shall be 20" DR 9 DIPS HDPE. 2.2 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE A. HDPE Pipe- See Section 15065. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-5 2.3 DRILLING PIPE A. Drill pipe shall be API steel drill pipe, range 2, premium class or higher, Grade S- 135 in a diameter sufficient for the torque and longitudinal Toads and fluid capacities required for the work. 2.4 BENTONITE DRILLING MUD A. Bentonite technical criteria shall be as described in API Specification 13A, "Specification for Oil Well Drilling Fluids Material for fresh water drilling fluids. B. Any modification to the basic drilling fluid involving additives must describe the type of material to be used and be included in Contractor's drilling plan presented to the Owner. The Owner retains the right to sample and monitor the waste drilling mud, cuttings and water. 2.5 PIPE TRACING WIRE A. All pipe installed by directional boring shall be provided with tracing wire in accordance with Section 15066. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. A geotechnical report is included in the Appendix and boring locations are as indicated. The boring logs indicate the soil and groundwater conditions at the boring location at the time of the geotechnical investigation. Conditions may change away from the actual boring location and may change with time. The geotechnical report is made available to the Contractor for his information to be used at his own risk. The Contractor shall not assume that materials other than those reflected in the geotechnical borings will not be encountered or that the proportions and character of the various materials will not vary from those indicated in the boring logs. The Contractor is responsible for any conclusions to be drawn from the boring including the character of the materials to be encountered and the degree of difficulty to be expected in the performance of the work. The Contractor is encouraged to perform his own subsurface investigation if they deem necessary to understand the full extent of the drilling conditions and requirements. B. The directional boring equipment shall be operated by individuals trained by the manufacturer as experienced operators. C. The directional boring equipment shall produce a stable, clay sealed tunnel with a minimum burial depth of 36" for carrier pipe installation. D. The directional boring equipment shall employ a fluid cutting technique. The soil shall be cut by small diameter, high pressure jets of liquefied clay. The jets shall cut the soil in advance of the boring tool, impregnating and lining the tunnel wall City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-6 with clay. The clay shall be totally inert and pose no environmental risk. A pilot hole shall be drilled with an appropriately sized drill pipe. The pilot hole will then be increased to the appropriate diameter by a reaming operation. The boring tool will then be connected to the pipe, and the boring tool shall pull the carrier pipe through the clay lined tunnel as it traverses under the surface being crossed. The pulling strength of the boring equipment shall not exceed pipe safety pull strength as per manufacturer's recommendations. Surface excavations shall be limited to small launching and receiving pits. Pits shall be no larger than that required for launching and receiving. Adequate "pit -tail" lengths of service connection piping shall be provided at both the launching and receiving ends to facilitate service connection assembly. 3.2 CONTROL OF THE DRILL LINE AND GRADE A. Construction Control. 1. The Contractor shall establish and be fully responsible for the accuracy of his own control for the construction of the entire project, including structures, drill line and grade. 2. The Contractor's control points shall be established sufficiently far from the drilling operation not to be affected by construction operations. 3. The Contractor shall maintain daily records of alignment and grade and shall submit three copies of these records to the Engineer. However, the Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of his work and the correction of it, as required. 4. The position of the drill string shall be monitored by the Contractor with the downhole survey instruments. Contractor shall compute the position in the X, Y and Z axis relative to an above ground undisturbed reference from downhole survey data a minimum of once per drill pipe length, 15 feet or 15 minutes whichever is more frequent. Serious deviations between the design positions which may affect the installation of the pipeline shall be documented and immediately brought to the attention of the City for discussion and/or approval. The profile and alignment designed on the construction drawings for the bores define the minimum depth and radius of curvature. The Contractor shall furnish a "Directional Bore Log" for each bore completed. 5. Between the entry or exit point the Contractor shall provide and use a steering system employing magnetic steering with wireline tracking such as Trutracker® or equivalent tracking system installed that completely encompasses the area between the entry and exit point including subaqueous areas. The exit point shall fall within a 3 -foot radius of the planned exit point and must be within right-of-way and not impend the flow traffic as identified in the traffic control plan. 6. The Contractor shall provide explanations of this position monitoring and steering equipment. The Contractor shall employ experienced personnel to operate the directional drilling equipment and, in particular, the position monitoring and steering equipment. No information pertaining to the City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-7 position or inclination of the pilot bores shall be withheld from the Engineer. 3.3 REAMING A. Upon approval of the pilot hole location by the Project Representative, the hole opening or enlarging phase of the installation shall begin. The borehole diameter shall be increased to accommodate the pullback operation of the pipe. The type of hole opener or back reamer to be utilized in this phase shall be determined by the types of subsurface soil conditions that have been encountered during the pilot hole drilling operation. The reamer type shall be at the Contractor's discretion. Final ream diameters Tess than 1.5 times the pipe O.D. must be approved by the Owner prior to initiating pullback. The hole shall be swabbed while recording pull back forces and torque to verify the hole is ready prior to pull back. 3.4 PIPE PULLBACK OPERATION A. The pipes shall be laid out as shown in the drawings, and assembled in a manner that does not obstruct adjacent roads, public or private activities adjacent to the layout areas except as shown otherwise. B. The Contractor shall provide adequate support/rollers along the stringing area to support the required length of the carrier pipe for each bore. Such support/rollers shall be comprised of a non-abrasive material arranged in a manner to provide support to the bottom and bottom quarter points of the pipeline allowing for free movement of the pipeline during pullback while preventing overstressing or buckling. C. Each length of pipe shall be inspected and cleaned as necessary to be free of debris immediately prior to joining. D. Cuts, gouges or holes that penetrate the pipe wall thickness by more than 10 percent shall not be acceptable and shall be cut out and discarded. Before pipe installation, the Contractor shall be responsible for carefully inspecting the assembled pipeline to ensure that no vandalism or improper acts have occurred to render the new pipeline defective. E. The maximum pull (axial tension force) exerted on the pipe shall be measured continuously and limited to the maximum allowed by the pipe manufacturer so that the pipe or joints are not overstressed. F. A swivel shall be used to connect the pipe and copper location wire to the drill pipe to prevent torsional stresses from occurring in the pipe. G. The pipelines shall be fed from coils or otherwise adequately supported during installation so as to prevent buckling, kinking or overstressing. H. The Contractor shall at all times handle the pipe in a manner that does not overstress the pipe. Vertical and horizontal curves shall be limited so that wall City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Directional Boring 17 -0016 -UT 02071-8 00992-0237 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 stresses do not exceed 50% of yield stress for flexural bending of the pipe. If the pipe is buckled or otherwise damaged, the damaged section shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall take appropriate steps during pullback to ensure that the pipe will be installed without damage. During the pullback operation, the Contractor shall monitor roller operation and sidebooms if required to assist movement of the pipe. Surface damage shall be repaired by Contractor before pulling operations resume. J. The lead end of the pipe shall be closed during the pull back operation. K. After the carrier pipe is completely pulled through the tunnel, a sufficient relaxation period, as recommended by the specified pipe manufacturer, shall be provided prior to the final pipe tie-in. L. The Contractor shall install, maintain, and leave in place any sheeting, underpinning, cribbing, and other related items (other than that required for the boring and receiving pits) to support any structure or facility affected by the boring operations. The Project Representative, depending upon existing conditions, may require that additional sheeting for the excavation be left in place. M. Contractor shall hydrostatically test each line according to the Owner's required test procedures and these Technical Specifications. Pressure and temperature shall be monitored with certified instruments during the test. The requirements for testing shall be met. 3.5 HANDLING DRILLING FLUIDS AND CUTTINGS A. During the drilling, reaming, or pullback operations, the Contractor shall make adequate provisions for handling the drilling fluids, or cuttings at the entry and exit pits. These fluids must not be discharged into the waterways. When the Contractor's provisions for storage of the fluids or cuttings on site are exceeded, these materials shall be hauled away to a suitable legal disposal site. After completion of the directional drilling work, the entry and exit pit locations shall be restored to original conditions. The Contractor shall comply with all permit provisions. 3.6 WATER A. The Owner will furnish a water meter and backflow prevention device required for the connection to the fire hydrant(s) for use in the HDD operations. The Owner will deliver and install the device after receiving payment/set-up account upon 48 hours notice. The Owner will remove and retain ownership of the device following HDD operations. The Contractor shall bear the cost of all water used for HDD operations. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-9 3.7 NEARBY UTILITIES A. The drawings show existing buried utilities that are believed to be near the directional drill alignment. There is no guarantee that these utilities are located as shown or that other utilities may not be present. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to locate all nearby utilities or other subsurface obstructions that may interfere with the work by excavating windows on the pipeline alignment or other means. B. The Contractor shall identify locations of existing sewer service laterals, water services, and stormwater underdrains prior to beginning drilling operations and shall avoid damaging the laterals, services and underdrains. Any damage caused by the Contractors work shall be replaced for repaired at the Contractor's expense. C. The Contractor shall use caution to protect the existing force main during construction as it will remain active during open cut and HDD installation. The contractor shall be responsible for protecting the existing force main by means determined by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. 3.8 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the steerable, clay Tined directional drilling operation. Any noticeable surface defects resulting from operation of this boring equipment shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. B. Surface settlement or heave of utilities or other feature above the HDD centerlines and within the zone influenced by the HDD construction shall be limited in values that avoid damage. The Contractor shall repair any damage resulting from settlement or heave caused by HDD activities at no additional cost to the City. C. The Contractor shall maintain close observation to detect settlement, displacement, or hydrofracture of surface and adjacent facilities. The Owner shall be notified immediately if settlement, displacement, or hydrofracture is detected. The Contractor shall act to maintain safe conditions and prevent damage. 3.9 SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION A. The Contractor shall be considered as having completed the requirements of any directional boring when he has successfully completed the work and tested the pipe to the satisfaction of the Owner. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Directional Boring 02071-10 SECTION 02210 - EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers excavation and trenching work as required; the handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of all excavated material; all necessary sheeting, shoring, and protection work; preparation of subgrades; pumping and dewatering as necessary or required; protection of adjacent property; backfilling; pipe embedment; surfacing and grading; and other appurtenant work. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Excavations shall provide adequate working space and clearance for the work to be performed therein and for installation and removal of concrete forms. In no case shall excavation faces be undercut for extended footings. B. Subgrade surfaces shall be clean and free of loose material of any kind when concrete is placed thereon. C. Except where exterior surfaces are specified to be dampproofed, monolithic concrete manholes and other concrete structures, or parts thereof, which do not have footings and extend beyond the outside face of exterior walls, may be placed directly against excavation faces without the use of outer forms, provided that such faces are stable and also provided that a layer of polyethylene film is placed between the earth and the concrete. D. Excavations for manholes and similar structures constructed of masonry units shall have such horizontal dimensions that not Tess than 6 inches clearance is provided for outside plastering. E. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by permission of the Engineer. No backfill, fill, or embankment materials shall be installed on frozen surfaces, nor shall frozen materials, snow, or ice be placed in any backfill, fill, or embankment. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Clearing and Grubbing — See Section IV, Article 206 B. Soils Conditions: Detailed soils explorations to determine further soils conditions, including the extent of any unsuitable materials, are the responsibility of the Contractor. Coordinate all soils exploration with the Owner prior to performing the work. C. Unsuitable Material: All unsuitable materials found during excavation, which are not suitable for backfill or bedding, shall be completely removed and replaced with suitable soils. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-1 1.4 BLASTING A. Blasting with any type of explosive is permitted only when approved by the City. 1.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise authorized, indicated, or specified, all materials excavated below the bottom of concrete walls, footings, slabs on grade, and foundations shall be replaced, by and at the expense of the Contractor, with concrete placed at the same time and monolithic with the concrete above. 1.6 DEWATERING A. See Section IV, Article 203. 1.7 SHEETING AND SHORING A. Except where banks are cut back on a stable slope, excavation for structures and trenches shall be sheeted, braced, and shored as necessary to prevent caving or sliding. 1.8 STABILIZATION A. Subgrades for concrete structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; free from mud and muck; and sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact under the feet of the workmen. B. Subgrades for concrete structures or trench bottoms, which are otherwise solid but which become mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel. The stabilizing material shall be spread and compacted to a depth of not more than 4 inches; if the required depth exceeds 4 inches, the material shall be fumished and installed as specified for granular fills. Not more than 1/2 inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe bedding material is placed thereon. C. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades for concrete structures shall not be above subgrade elevations indicated on the drawings. 1.9 EARTH FILLS AND EMBANKMENTS A. To the maximum extent available, excess suitable material obtained from structure and trench excavations shall be used for construction of fills and embankments. Additional material shall be provided as required. B. Wherever a trench passes through a fill or embankment, the fill or embankment material shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.10 GRANULAR FILLS A. Granular fills shall be placed on suitably prepared subgrades and compacted by vibration. Granular fill material shall be crushed rock or gravel, shall be free from dust, clay, or trash, and shall be graded to the requirements of FDOT section 901 No. 57 aggregate. Granular fill shall be compacted to not Tess than 95 percent relative density as determined by ASTM D698-70, Method C. Granular fills under concrete slabs shall be compacted with a minimum of 3 passes of a vibratory steel drum or plate type compactor. 1.11 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. See Section IV, Article 5 — Excavation for Underground Work B. No more trench shall be opened in advance of pipe laying than is necessary to expedite the work. 100 feet shall be the maximum length of open trench on any line under construction. C. Except where tunneling is indicated on the drawings, is specified, or is permitted by the Engineer, all trench excavation shall be open cut from the surface. 1.12 ALIGNMENT, GRADE, AND MINIMUM COVER A. Pipe shall be laid and maintained at the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and appurtenances at the described locations. All pipe shall be laid to the depth as shown on the plans. Grade lines shall be set by the Contractor. The tolerance of such grades shall not be more than that specified on the drawings. When no tolerance is indicated a tolerance of 0.5 foot shall be used. All other realignments must be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall have suitable survey equipment on the site at all times. B. The work shall at all times progress with caution so as to prevent damage to underground obstructions both known and unknown. Should an obstruction not shown on the plans be encountered the Engineer shall be immediately notified and he shall be responsible for alteration to the plan should realignment be necessary. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer far enough in advance to allow the realignment to be accomplished by deflection in the pipe joints. 1.13 LIMITING TRENCH WIDTHS A. Trenches shall be excavated to a width which will provide adequate working space and sidewall clearances for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. Trench widths shall be as shown on the drawings. B. Cutting trench banks on slopes to reduce earth Toad to prevent sliding and caving shall be done only in areas where the increased trench width will not interfere with surface features or encroach on construction limits. C. Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the minimum necessary for proper installation. All trenching shall meet OSHA requirements for cut slope City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-3 and/or trench shoring techniques. Over depth excavation shall be backfilled with Class I material. 1.14 MECHANICAL EXCAVATION A. The use of mechanical equipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would cause damage to trees, buildings, culverts, or other existing property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used. B. Mechanical equipment used for trench excavation shall be of a type, design, and construction, and shall be so operated that pipe, when accurately laid to specified alignment, will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the pipe and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to obtain clearance will not be permitted. 1.15 EXCAVATION BELOW PIPE SUBGRADE A. Except where otherwise required, pipe trenches shall be excavated per the detail in the plans. 1.16 ARTIFICIAL FOUNDATIONS IN TRENCHES A. Whenever unsuitable or unstable soil conditions are encountered, trenches shall be excavated below grade and the trench bottom shall be brought to embedment grade with suitable material. 1.17 BELL HOLES A. Bell holes shall provide adequate clearance for tools and methods used in installing pipe. No part of any bell or coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the pipe is jointed. 1.18 EMBEDMENT MATERIALS A. General: Use soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks and lumps greater than 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter. 1.19 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM. A. Symbols and descriptions for groups of soils classified by the Unified Soil Classification System, ASTMD-2487, are listed below: Group Symbols Group Description CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays. CL Inorganic clays of low to medium, plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays. GC Clayey gravels, gravel -sand -clay mixtures. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GM Silty gravels, gravel -sand -silt mixtures. GP Poorly graded gravels and gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines. GW Well -graded gravels and gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines. MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceour fine sands or silts, elastic silts. ML Inorganic silts, very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands. OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity. OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity. PT Peat, muck, and other highly organic soils. SC Clayey sands, sand -clay mixtures. SM Silty sands, sand -silt mixtures. SP Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. SW Well -graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. 1.20 CLASSIFICATION A. For the purpose of this specification, soils to be used as fill material are grouped into five classes according to soil properties and characteristics. 1. Class I - Granular Material - angular bedding material well graded crushed stone meeting the requirements of ASTM D448 size No. 67. 2. Class II - Coarse sands and gravels with maximum practical size of 44 mm (1-1/2 in.), including variously graded sands and gravels containing small percentages of fines, generally granular and non -cohesive, either wet or dry. Soil Types GW, GP, SW, SP and SP -SM are included in this class. 3. Class III - Fine sand and clayey gravels, including fine sands, clayey sands and gravel -clay mixtures. Soil Types GM, GC, SM, and SC are included in this class provided the combined silt and clay fraction is 35%, or less, the Atterberg Liquid Limit is 40, or less and the plasticity index is 10, or less. 4. Class IV - Silt, silty clays, and clays, including inorganic clays and silts of medium to high plasticity and liquid limits. Soil Types MH, ML, CH, and CL are included in this class. Also, SC and SM soils that exceed the threshold identified for Class III. These materials are not recommended for bedding, haunching, or initial backfill. 5. Class V - This class includes the organic soils, OL, OH, and PT as well as soils containing frozen earth, debris, rocks, larger than 40 mm (1-1/2 in.) in diameter, and other foreign materials. These materials are not allowed for bedding haunching or initial backfill. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-5 1.21 TRENCHING A. Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the minimum necessary for proper installation. All trenching shall meet OSHA requirements for cut slope and/or trench shoring techniques. Overdepth excavation shall be backfilled with Class I material. 1.22 DEPTH A. Trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Where elevations are not shown, trench to a depth sufficient to provide at least 36 inches of cover above the top of pipe, unless otherwise specified. Grade trenches to provide a constant slope free of sags and high spots. 1.23 TRENCH BRACING A. Properly brace, sheet and support trench walls in strict conformance with all pertinent laws and regulations. Provide adequate bracing and shoring to protect adjacent improvements. 1.24 BEDDING, HAUNCHING AND INITIAL BACKFILL A. Tamp subgrade to provide firm, even bedding. Excavate bedding material to match the shape of the bottom of the pipe and bell, as detailed in the Drawings. Place haunching material so as to provide full bearing around the bottom of the pipe. Place bedding, haunching and initial backfill as specified below. 1.25 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. If no bedding is required after initial trench excavation, undisturbed earth may be suitable for bedding in cover less than 12 feet deep. Excavate to match bottom of pipe and bell. B. Pipe installed at depths greater than 12 feet, provide Class I material as bedding, Class I or II soil for haunching to pipe springline, and Class I, II or III material shall be used as initial backfill to 12 -inches above top of pipe. 1.26 BACKFILL A. Backfill the remainder of the trench with soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks and lumps greater then 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter compact to a minimum 95 percent ASTM D698 density. 1.27 COMPACTION TESTING AND CONTROL A. Moisture density relations required for all materials that are to be compacted to be as established by Engineer. B. Extent of compaction testing will be as necessary to assure compliance with specifications. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-6 C. Give adequate notice to Geotechnical Engineer when ready for compaction or subgrade testing and inspection. Minimum of 24-hour advance notice to be given. D. Should any moisture density test fail to meet specification requirements, perform corrective work as necessary. E. Pay for all costs associated with corrective work and retesting resulting from failing tests. 1.28 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform compaction of soils and all work associated with that effort with equipment designed for and suitable to provide the compaction requirements. B. Obtain approval of Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade prior to subsequent operations. C. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction requirements. D. Remove frozen loose, wet or soft material and replace with suitable material as required by Engineer. E. Stabilize subgrade with well graded granular materials as required by Engineer. F. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the requirements. Densities shall be obtained for each 6 -inch or one -foot lift, as required. 1. Sitework: Location Under Paved Areas and Sidewalks: Pipe trench 2. Structures: Location Inside of structures under foundations, under equipment support pads, under slabs on grade. 3. Specific areas: Compaction Density 95% ASTM D698 100 % ASTM D698, for last lift As shown on the drawing trench details Compaction Density 98 percent ASTM D698 City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-7 Location Compaction Density Outside structures under equipment support 98 percent foundations ASTM D698 1.29 FLOWABLE FILL A. Where shown on the Plans, or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall backfill a void area or an excavation with flowable fill. Flowable fill may be shown, or ordered, to fill abandoned pipes, abandoned underground steel storage tanks, trench backfill, washout area under structural slabs or behind walls, or other similar locations. B. Pipe trenching across roadways and driveways shall be backfilled and compacted as soon as pipe is installed. In areas where settlement shall occur, the Owner shall require the backfilling operations to incorporate the installation of color -coded "Flowable Fill", a lean 750 PSI rated concrete mix and which shall be poured immediately following pipe installation. Open trenches near traffic shall have the proper protective barricades, signage and traffic control personnel provided by the contractor. C. Flowable fill shall be produced and delivered to the site. Placing of flowable fill shall be by chute, pumping, or other approved methods. Flowable fill shall be placed to the designated fill line without vibration. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any damage caused by hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to hardening. Flowable fill shall not be used for pipe bedding and backfill in the zone from the bottom of a pipe to 12 inches above the top of pipe. D. Flowable fill shall consist of materials conforming to DOT-SSRBC Sections as follows: E. 1. Cement (Type I or II) 2. Fly ash (Type F) 3. Fine aggregate (sand) 4. Water Section 921 Section 929 Section 902 Section 923 The Contractor shall submit a proposed design mix that will produce a flowable fill meeting the strength requirements specified herein, using the following materials: 1. Cement (Type I or II) 2. Fly ash (Type F) 3. Fine aggregate (sand) 4. Water Note: 6 -inch to 10 -inch slump Pounds per cubic yard 50 - 200 0 - 2,000 2,500 - 3,000 325 - 550 City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Excavation and Trenching 17 -0016 -UT 02210-8 00992-0237 F. Flowable fill material shall be proportioned to produce a 28 -day compressive strength approximately as follows: Pounds per square inch 1. Pipe trench backfill 50 - 150 2. Fill abandoned pipes or tanks 30 - 150 3. Under slabs, behind walls 300 - 1,000 Note: Density in place 115 to 145 pounds per cubic foot G. Not more than 60 minutes shall elapse between the start of moist mixing and the placement of the flowable fill. H. Flowable fill placed on slopes shall have a reduced slump with a reduction in water, and shall be able to be shaped as required. I. The Contractor shall place the flowable fill in such a manner as to eliminate all cavities. J. Flowable fill shall not be placed in salt water. When within a tidal area, the flowable fill shall be placed immediately after the salt water has receded. K. When flowable fill is used adjacent to ductile iron pipe, the pipe shall be polyethylene encased. 1.30 TESTS A. All tests to ensure that embedment, fill, and backfill materials and their placement comply with specified requirements shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Contractor. 1.31 DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE A. Trenches across roadways, driveways or other traffic ways adjacent to drainage ditches or water shall be constructed on the upstream side of the traffic way to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid. Bridges and other temporary structures required to maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor. Backfilling shall be done so that water will not accumulate in unfilled or partially filled trenches. All material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench shall be removed immediately after backfilling is completed and the original section, grades, and contours of ditches or water courses shall be restored. Surface drainage shall not be obstructed longer than necessary. 1.32 PROTECTION OF TRENCH BACKFILL IN DRAINAGE COURSES A. Where trenches are constructed in ditches or other water courses, backfill shall be protected from surface erosion. Where the grade of the ditch exceeds one percent, ditch checks shall be installed. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, ditch checks shall be concrete. Ditch checks shall extend not less than 2 feet below the original ditch or water course bottom for the full bottom City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-9 width and at least 18 inches into the side slopes and shall be at least 12 inches thick. 1.33 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise permitted, all excess excavated materials shall be disposed of in on-site areas as directed by Owner's Representative. Excavated rock, debris encountered in excavation work, and other similar waste materials shall be disposed of away from the site of the work. 1.34 SETTLEMENT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments which may occur within the correction period stipulated in the General Conditions. B. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement within 10 days after notice from the Engineer or Owner. 1.35 PROTECTION OF TREES A. See Section IV, Article 910. 1.36 BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR INSTALLATION OF HDPE AND PVC PIPE BY OPEN CUT A. Backfilling and compaction shall be conducted in a manner to preclude subsequent settlement and shall provide adequate support for the surface treatment, pavement, pipelines, or structures to be placed thereon. See details of installation on Construction Plans. B. Backfill material shall be common fill material, free from organic matter, muck or marl, and rocks exceeding 2 %-inches in diameter. Common fill shall not contain broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other similar materials. C. The backfilling procedures outlined below shall be for pipe mains and related structures. The backfilling shall be done in three stages as follows: 1. First Stage: The contractor shall provide adequate suitable material fill to be compacted beneath the haunches of the pipe, using mechanical tampers. This compaction also applies to the bedding material placed in layers above the pipe. 2. Second Stage: The contractor shall obtain a well -compacted bed and fill and compact along the sides of the pipe and then to a point of at least 1 - foot above the top of the pipe. The width of backfill and compaction to be done under this second stage shall be the width of the portion of the trench having vertical sides, or when no portion of the trench has vertical sides, it shall be to a width at least equal to three times the outside diameter of the pipe. Fill material shall be placed in 12 -inch compacted City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-10 thickness layers, unless the trench is under the paved road, in which case the fill materials shall be placed in 6 -inch compacted thickness layers. 3. Third Stage: The remainder of the trench up to grade shall be backfilled with suitable material fill in layers not to exceed 1 -foot in thickness and compacted, unless the trench is under the paved road, in which case the fill materials shall be placed in 6 -inch compacted thickness layers. D. The contractor shall adopt compaction methods which will produce the degree of compaction specified herein without damage to the new or existing facilities. The degree of compaction specified below shall be considered the minimum allowable. 1. Compaction Density: For paved and unpaved roadways and traffic areas, from right-of-way line to right-of-way line, including all structures and railroad crossings, shall be 98% of the maximum density as determined by American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) T-99 (ASTM D698). For outside of the right-of-way, but within dedicated utility maintenance easements, shall be 95% of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T-99 (ASTM D698). 2. Density Reports are to be provided once per lift every 100' or fraction thereof. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Excavation and Trenching 02210-11 SECTION 02220 - TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all topsoiling and finished grading, as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Location of work: All areas disturbed in the course of the work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish grading tolerance: 0.1 FT plus/minus from required elevations. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Project data: Test reports for finished topsoil. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify amount of topsoil stockpiled and determine amount of additional topsoil, if necessary to complete work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Original surface soil typical of the area, capable of supporting native plant growth. 1. Use existing topsoil stockpiled. 2. If amount of topsoil stockpiled is less than amount necessary for the work, furnish all additional topsoil required. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 0092-0237 Topsoiling and Finished Grading 02220-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ROUGH GRADE REVIEW A. Rough grading reviewed by Owner. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Correct, adjust and/or repair rough graded areas. 1. Cut off mounds and ridges. 2. Fill gullies and depressions. 3. Perform other necessary repairs. 4. Bring all sub -grades to specified contours, even and properly compacted. B. Loosen surface to depth of 2 IN, minimum. C. Remove all stones and debris over 2 IN in any dimension. 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is either wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. B. Spread topsoil to compacted depth of 4 IN for all disturbed earth areas. C. Make finished surface free of stones, sticks, or other material 1 IN or more in any dimension. D. Make finished surface smooth and true to required grades. E. Restore areas occupied by stockpiles to condition of rest of finished work. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of topsoiling, obtain Engineer's acceptance of grade and surface. B. Make test holes where directed, to verify proper placement and thickness of topsoil. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 0092-0237 Topsoiling and Finished Grading 02220-2 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these specifications. B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings described. C. Paints and coatings used to finish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting materials, the Contractor shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are limited to the following: 1. Ameron - Corrosion Control Division 2. Carboline Company 3. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation 4. Indurall Coatings, Inc. 5. Koppers Company, Inc. 6. Mobil Chemical Company 7. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company 8. Royston Laboratories, Inc. 9. Rust-Oleum Corporation 10. Tnemec Company, Inc. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data Sheets and Color Charts: City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Painting and Coatings 09900-1 1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. B. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for each paint system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall indicate the applicable paint system as indicated in these specifications. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new construction. 2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated. if not designated colors will be selected by the Engineer from standard colors available for the coatings required. 3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work. 4. Painting shall be done at such times as the Contractor and Engineer may agree upon in order that dust -free and neat work be obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as specified. B. Materials and Application: 1. Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended by the prime manufacturer. 2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Painting and Coatings 09900-2 and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation. 3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by the manufacturer before the next coat is applied. C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items: 1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish -coated in accordance with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. 2. Shop -fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces prepared and shop -primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed per Paint System B-3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS A. The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's recommendations. B. There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified. C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat and finish coat shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant. 2.2 GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; CONCRETE AND STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System B-1. For use on exterior exposed piping, structural and miscellaneous steel, - non -submerged 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning and Scarify by Brush Off Blasting, Hand Sanding, or Chemical Treatment 2. Prime: Tnemec Series N69 -Color Hi -Build Epoxoline II or equal, 2.0- 4.0 mils DFT. 3. Finish: Tnemec Series 701-Hydroflon 2.0-3.0 mils DFT. Total DFT = 5 mils min. For bituminous shop coated ductile iron pipe — prime with Tnemec Series N69 or equal at minimum 3.0 mils DFT. Allow bituminous coating to bleed through prime coat. Apply second coat of Tnemec Series N69 or equal at minimum 3.0 mils DFT. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Painting and Coatings 09900-3 2.3 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide continuity of texture and color over previously painted surfaces. 2.4 THINNING A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SHOP PAINTING A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage. B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3.2 FIELD PREPARATION A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the Engineer. B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected for use and as approved by the Engineer. C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface -applied protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12 percent. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Painting and Coatings 09900-4 B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or coats of paint. On masonry, application of rates will vary according to the surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have been approved by the Engineer. D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions". Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry. TABLE 09900-1 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. EXTERIOR PIPE AND VALVES 1. Exposed ductile iron and steel pipe, valves, fittings, and supports; valve boxes lids, - System B-1, Color- Green. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Painting and Coatings 09900-5 SECTION 15062 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Install within the project site all materials and incidentals including flanged joint, mechanical joint, push -on joint, and restrained joint ductile iron pipe and/or ductile iron restrained, flanged, or mechanical joint fittings, complete, as shown on the project drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall transmit (from the related Vendor) for submittal to the Owner's Project Representative a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the appropriate shop drawings for all ductile iron pipe and fittings. B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the Owner's Project Representative sworn certificates of such tests and their results. In addition, all ductile iron pipe and fittings to be furnished under this Contract may be inspected at the foundry for compliance with these Specifications by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. The manufacturer's cooperation shall be required in these inspections. The cost of foundry inspection of all pipe approved for this Contract, plus the cost of inspection of a reasonable amount of the disapproved pipe, will be borne by the Vendor. C. Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be submitted to the Owner's Project Representative for approval and shall include dimensioning, methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. D. The Contractor shall transmit from the Vendor to the Owner's Project Representative, the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. E. The Contractor shall coordinate all submittals with the related Vendor in a manner not to impede construction on individual projects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Ductile iron pipe pressure classes shall be a minimum of Class 350 for 4 to 12 - inch, Class 250 for 14 to 20 -inch, Class 200 for 24 -inch, and Class 150 for 30 to 64 -inch, except flanged or other unburied pipe which shall be thickness Class 53. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-1 Pressure class shall be greater if required by Toad conditions or called out on the plans. B. Unrestrained joint pipe shall be supplied in lengths not in excess of 21 -feet. Unrestrained joint pipe shall be either the rubber -ring type push -on joint or standard mechanical joint pipe as manufactured by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company or approved equal. 1. Push -on Joints: Single seal gasket push -on type joints shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11 and shall be U.S. Pipe "Tyton," Ameri- can Cast Iron Pipe Company "Fastite," CLOW Corporation "Super Bell Tite," or approved equal. C. Potable water and reclaimed water pipe and fittings shall have a cement mortar lining with an asphaltic seal coat conforming to ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Wastewater pipe and fittings shall be lined with Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy and be a minimum of 40 mils in thickness. The weight and class designation shall be painted in white paint on the exterior surface of each pipe section. Manufacturer code or serial number shall be provided on the bell of each pipe joint. Ductile iron pipe for potable water shall be spirally wrapped by blue tape with adhesive backing. Ductile iron pipe for reclaimed water shall be spirally wrapped by purple tape with adhesive backing. Ductile iron pipe for wastewater shall be spirally wrapped by green tape with adhesive backing. D. Pipe and fitting gaskets, conforming to ANSI A21.11, shall be made of viton (fluorocarbon elastomer), EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) or SBR (Styrene -Butadiene Rubber), and shall be suitable for intended use. Gaskets used within petroleum contaminated soil shall be FKM. E. Fittings for buried service from 4" through 24" in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. F. Ductile -iron fittings shall have the letter "DI" or "Ductile" cast on them. Cast letters and figures shall be on the outside body of the fitting and shall have dimensions no smaller than those shown in ANSI/AWWA C110 and C153. G. Restrained joints shall be provided for all buried ductile iron pipe as required on the drawings. Restrained joints shall not be of the type that requires field welding or grooves cut into the pipe barrel for restraint. The restraining joints for mechanical joint fittings and valves shall be ROMAC Industries Grip Ring, EBAA Iron MEGALUG, or approved equal. Restrained joints for straight lengths of push -on ductile iron pipe shall be the locking gasket type such as Fast -Grip by American Ductile Iron Pipe, Field Lok by U.S. Pipe, or approved equal. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-2 H. Flanged ductile -iron pipe shall conform to current ANSI A21.15/AWWA C115 with factory applied screwed long hub flanges except as otherwise specified hereinafter. Flanges shall be faced and drilled after being screwed on the pipe with flanges true to 90 degrees with the pipe axis and shall be flush with end of pipe conforming to ANSI B16.1, 125 pounds standard. Full face type 1/16 -inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111. Mechanical joints consisting of bell, socket, gland, gasket, bolts and nuts shall conform to ANSI Standard A21.11. Bolts shall be high strength low alloy steel, such as "Corten" T -head type having hexagonal nuts. Bolts and nuts shall be machined true and nuts shall be tapped at right angles to a smooth bearing surface. J. Pipe for use with split -type flexible coupling joints shall have radius grooved ends. K. Fittings shall be ductile as specified herein. Flanges and flanged fittings shall be flat face and shall conform to ANSI A21.10 for 250 psi pressure rating. Full face type 1/16 -inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111. L. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, either mechanical, restrained, or flanged joints shall be used. Prior to commencing work, jointing systems for pipe shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. M. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be provided with a 4 -mil thick cross laminated high density polyethylene encasement or an 8 -mil thick polyethylene encasement per ANSI/AWWA C105. Polyethylene casing shall be color coded for the service indent as follows: Water- blue, Reclaimed Water- purple, Sewer — Green. N. Pipe for buried service shall have an exterior bituminous coating in accordance with ANSI A21.51. O. Pipe and fittings exposed to view in the finished work to be painted shall not receive the standard tar or asphalt coat on the outside surfaces but shall be shop primed on the outside with one coat of Tnemec N-140-1211 or approved equal. Should portions of the pipe inadvertently be given the outside coating of coal tar enamel instead of the rust inhibitive primer as required for exposed piping the surfaces shall be sealed with a non-bleeding sealer coat such as Inertol Tar Stop, or Mobil Anti -Bleeding Aluminum Sealer. Sealing shall be a part of the work of this Section. P. Bolts and nuts on flanged fittings shall be Grade B, ASTM A-307, cadmium plated and conform to ANSI B16.1 for Class 125. Q. Pipe and fittings shall be provided with underground tracer wire and alarming tape as specified in Section 15066 — Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before installation, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired as directed by the Owner. B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer test just prior to being installed. C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.2 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Valve -operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. B. Underground Conflicts: Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing structures. When obstructions that are not shown on the drawings are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere so that an alteration of the Drawings is required, the Engineer will alter the Drawings or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as required by federal, state, or local regulations or as deemed necessary by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either structure. C. Trench Construction — See Section 02210 — Excavation and Trenching. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline material and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the trench. The trench should be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-4 S. All pipe fittings, valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective materials shall be marked and removed from the project site. C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand, grit, or any foreign material before the pipe is laid. D. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. F. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Owner's Project Representative. When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench fill with water. G. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be exceeded. H. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C600. 1. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in ANSI/AWWA C600. J. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth and for push -on joint connections, the cut end shall be beveled. K. Thrust Restraint: 1. All plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained by attaching metal rods, clamps or restrained joints as specified. 2. Thrust -restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure of the line. 3. Restrained push -on joints or mechanical joints utilizing approved joint restraints shall be used in place of concrete backing. Tie rods clamps, or other components of dissimilar metal shall be protected against corrosion by hand application of a bituminous coating or by encasement of the City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-5 entire assembly with 8 -mil thick, loose polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105. L. All ductile iron pipe shall be installed with solid or stranded copper tracer wire and underground alarming tape of the type specified. 3.4 ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. 3.5 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. All mains and distribution lines shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used for pigging and flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide the meter and designate the source. Flushing water shall be at the Contractor's expense. Flushing water shall be potable water for potable water mains. RCW mains shall be flushed with reclaimed water. C. The cleaning of the new piping system shall be accomplished by the controlled and pressurized passage of a series of hydraulic or pneumatic polyurethane plugs of varying dimensions coatings, and densities; which shall be selected by the pipe cleaning Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a means to enter the pig into the system, control and regulate flow, monitor flows and pressures, and to remove the pig from the system. The Contractor shall maintain a constant surveillance of the system and immediately report to the proper authority any in- line problems encountered or any malfunctions discovered in the piping system. A record of pig models, sizes, styles, and other pertinent information shall be kept by the Contractor and turned over to the Owner. 3.6 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS A. Pressure Testing: 1. The Contractor shall backfill all pipe and restraints before pressure testing unless the Project Representative directs certain joints or connections left uncovered. 2. All newly laid pipe, including fittings and valves shall be pressure tested in accordance with AWWA C-600. The duration of each such test will be at City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-6 least two hours. The Contractor shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line. 3. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and a pump shall be hooked to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Project Representative to supply the minimum test pressure of 150 psi. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. The gauges used shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon request of the Project Representative, furnish to the Utilities Department certified test data for pressure gauges used for pressure testing. 4. Pipe shall be tested valve to valve. 5. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. Permanent air relief valves shall be located as shown on the plans. If air relief valves are not furnished the Contractor shall install corporation cocks for this purpose. 6. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, joints and appurtenances shall be carefully examined during the open -trench test. Any cracked or defective pipe, fittings, valves or appurtenances discovered in consequence of this test shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material and the test shall be repeated to the satisfaction of the Project Representative. B. Leakage Test: 1. A leakage test may be conducted at the same time as the pressure test. The Contractor shall, as before, furnish all pumps, pipe, connections and other items required to satisfactorily complete the leakage test. The leakage test shall have a duration of two hours at the pressure specified for the pressure test. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the formula for mechanical and push -on joints: SDP112 L= Allowable leakage [gph] L= ----- S= Length of pipe tested [feet] 133,200 D= Nominal diameter of pipe [inches] P= Average pressure during test [psig] 2. The Project Representative, or his duly authorized representative, shall witness these tests. The Contractor shall be responsible for finding and repairing Teaks. No additional cost may be incurred by the Owner due to repairs because of failure of either test. The Project Representative has the authority to determine the number of repairs that will be made within a given length of pipe and has the right to request the Contractor to remove and relay a section of pipe if such does not comply with the established leakage rates. C. Testing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide the meter and designate the source. Testing water shall be at the Contractor's expense. Testing water shall be potable water for potable water mains. RCW mains shall be tested with reclaimed water. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-7 D. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the Owner 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 3.7 DISINFECTION A. Reclaimed water mains and force mains shall not be disinfected. See Section IV Article 550 for disinfection requirements for water mains. 3.8 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING A. All piping and fittings exposed to view shall have its surface prepared and be painted with a prime coat as specified above. Surface preparation and shop priming is a part of the work of this Section. It shall be part of the work of this Section to assist as required by the Owner in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. All exposed pipe shall be given a finish coat of paint as specified in Sections 09900. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15062-8 SECTION 15065 - HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes materials and methods of installation of HDPE pipe. The pipe is intended for use as a pressure -rated force main transmission system. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance with specified requirements. 1.3 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. All pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or by skidding in order to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be rolled or skidded against pipe on the ground. Slings, hooks or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the exterior surface or interior of the pipe. B. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior as well as all sealing surfaces of all pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times. Valves shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage or freezing. C. Pipe stored outside and exposed to prolonged periods of sunlight shall be covered with canvas or other opaque material. Air circulation shall be provided under covering. D. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer. The bottom tiers shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Pipe shall not be stored close to heat sources. E. Gaskets shall be placed in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first -in, first -out basis. Mechanical joint bolts shall be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes. 1.4 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. Ductile Iron Pipe A.N.S.I. A21-51. B. HDPE Pipe AWWA C906. C. HDPE Pipe AWWA C901. D. Water Resources Act, Chapter 373, F.S. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-1 E. Chapter 17-40 Florida Administrative Code. F. Chapter 17-610 Florida Administrative Code. G. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). H. American Water Works Association (AWWA). I. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) J. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials (AASHTO). K. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE). L. Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI). 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS A. In general, shop drawings and related manufacturer's product certification shall be made in accordance with the General and Special Conditions of the Contract for approval prior to construction or fabrication of the material by the manufacturer. The following items which require shop drawings are brought to the Contractor's attention. The list may not include all items for which shop drawing submittals are required to meet the requirements of the project. 1. Detail drawings of all classes of pipe, joints, and fittings. 2. Detail Drawings of restrained and flexible joints, including test reports to confirm thrust restraint capacities and restraining mechanism application. 3. Pipeline laying schedule tabulated and referenced to construction line and grade controls shown on plans, with station, offset and elevations. References shall be provided for pipe fittings, valves, service connections and other important features of the pipeline. 4. Detail drawings of all Drilling Pits. 5. Service Connections. 6. Valves and Valve Boxes. 7. Paint - Manufacturer's information and color sample. 8. All Appurtenant Items. B. Certification and test reports for the materials, manufacturing, and testing of the types of pipe supplied shall be performed and furnished by the pipe manufacturer in accordance with the latest standards of the industry as described in Sub- section 1.2 herein. C. Provide a statement in writing from the HDPE pipe manufacturer that it is listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute as a qualified extruder for the polyethylene resin being used to manufacture the pipe for this project. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-2 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 REFERENCES A. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Specification section differs from these documents, the requirements of this section shall apply. 1. ASTM D1248-84, Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 2. ASTM D3350-84, Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Material. 3. ASTM F714-85, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR) Based on Outside Diameter. 4. ASTM D2513, Standard Specifications for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings 2.2 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. All HDPE shall be manufactured by Performance Pipe, a division of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company; or approved equal. 2. All HDPE piping system components shall be the products of one manufacturer and shall be listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute. 3. Reclaimed water pipe shall be permanently co -extruded with purple/lavender (Pantone 522C) striping on pipe outside surface. 4. Potable water pipe shall be permanently co -extruded with blue striping on pipe outside surface. 5. Wastewater pipe shall be permanently co -extruded with green striping on pipe outside surface. B. HDPE Pipe Specifications 1. High Density Polyethylene pipe 4 -inches diameter and larger shall conform to material standard ASTM D3350 445574C cell classification rated as PE 4710 by the Plastics Pipe Institute. Minimum pressure rating shall be 250 psi DR 9 (Dimension Ratio) for pipe sizes greater than 4 inches in diameter. All pipe 4 -inches in diameter and greater shall have a ductile iron pipe O.D. 2. The polyethylene compound shall be suitably protected against degradation by ultraviolet light by means of carbon black, well dispersed by precompounding in a concentration of not less than 2 percent. 3. The pipe manufacturer shall be listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute as meeting the recipe and mixing requirements of the resin manufacturer for the resin used to manufacture the pipe in this project. C. Fittings. 1. All fittings for HDPE pipe 4" and larger, except for D.I/HDPE Mechanical Joint Adaptors, shall be compact ductile iron mechanical joint fittings. If a fitting is unavailable as a compact ductile iron mechanical joint fitting, then City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-3 a regular ductile iron mechanical joint fitting may be used. See Section 15062 —Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. D.I./HDPE Mechanical Joint Adaptors. a. The manufacturer of the HDPE pipe shall supply all D.I./HDPE mechanical joint adaptors and accessories required to perform the work as shown on the Drawings. b. The D.I./HDPE mechanical joint adaptor shall consist of: 1) A molded or fabricated HDPE mechanical joint transition fitting 2) A standard rubber gasket for a D.I. mechanical joint. 3) A D.I. mechanical joint backup drive ring. 4) Cor -Ten mechanical joint tee bolts. 5) A stainless-steel stiffener inserted in the MJ end of the HDPE transition fitting. c. The D.I./HDPE mechanical joint adaptor shall be connected to the HDPE pipe by a heat -fused joint on one end, and connected to a ductile iron pipe valve, or fitting with a mechanical joint on the other end. d. The tee bolts and backup drive ring shall act as a joint restraint to keep the connecting pieces from pulling apart. e. The HDPE transition fitting shall be molded or fabricated by the manufacturer of the HDPE pipe. All molded fittings shall be fully pressure rated to match the SDR pressure rating for which they are made. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service equivalent to the full pressure rating of the mating pipe. f. If rework compounds are required, only those generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin compounds of the same class and type from the same raw material supplier shall be used. g. Solvent epoxy cementing and mechanical joining with bolt on wrap around clamps shall not be used for connections. 3. Steel / HDPE Transition Fittings a. Steel / HDPE transition fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2513 and D638 having welded, threaded or flanged ends as required for the application. Steel surfaces shall have epoxy coating. Transition fittings shall be "Double '0' Seal" as manufactured by Central Plastics or Engineer approved equal. D. HDPE Pipe Jointing Method 1. HDPE pipe shall be jointed by the butt -fusion process in accordance with pipe manufacturer's directions. Contractor shall provide butt -fusion technicians who are trained and certified by the P.E. pipe manufacturer to complete the project. The date of technician certification shall not exceed 12 months before commencing construction. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-4 2. All HDPE pipe joined by butt -fusion shall be made from the same class and type of raw material made by the same raw material supplier. 3. Butt -fusion means the butt -joining of the pipe by softening the aligned faces of the pipe ends in a suitable apparatus and pressing them together under controlled pressure. 4. The internal and external beads resulting from the butt -fusion process shall be visible and examined for penetration 360 degrees around the pipe diameter. 5. Short pieces of pipe between valves and fittings shall be DIP, with all joints retrained for sizes 3 -inches and larger. For 2 -inch, the short pieces shall be brass or Schedule 80 with IP threads and DI, HDPE or brass fittings and all joints restrained. E. Pipe Tracer Wire 1. All pipe installed by directional boring shall be provided with tracing wire in accordance with Section 15066. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All polyethylene pipe shall be cut, fabricated, and installed in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Joining, laying, and pulling of polyethylene pipe shall be accomplished by personnel experienced in working with polyethylene pipe. The pipe supplier shall certify in writing that the Contractor is qualified to join, lay, and pull the pipe or representative of the pipe manufacturer shall be on site to oversee the pipe joining. Expenses for the representative shall be paid for by the Contractor. B. All polyethylene pipe shall be installed with a solid or stranded tracer wire of the type specified. 3.2 PIPE INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturer a certificate of inspection to the effect that the pipe and fittings supplied for this Contract have been inspected at the plant and that they meet the requirements of these specifications. The Contractor shall submit these certificates to the Engineer prior to installation of the pipe materials. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to visual inspection at time of delivery and before they are lowered into the trench to be laid. Joints or fittings that do not conform to these specifications will be rejected and must be removed immediately by the Contractor. The entire product of any plant may be rejected when, in the opinion of the City, the methods of manufacture fail to secure uniform results, or where the materials used are such as to produce inferior pipe or fittings. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-5 3.3 TRANSPORTATION A. Care shall be taken during transportation of the pipe that it is not cut, kinked, or otherwise damaged. 3.4 STORAGE A. Pipes shall be stored on level ground, preferably turf or sand, free of sharp objects which could damage the pipe. Stacking of the polyethylene pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause excessive deformation of the bottom layers at pipes under anticipated temperature condition. Where necessary due to ground conditions, the pipe shall be stored on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of such widths as not to allow deformation of the pipe at the point of contact with the sleeper or between supports. B. Pipes shall be stored in such a manner as to limit their exposure to ultraviolet light as the pipe color will fade. Excessive loss of color in the pipe material may result in the rejection of piping material by the Project Representative. 3.5 HANDLING PIPE A. The handling of the joined pipeline shall be in such a manner that the pipe is not damaged by dragging it over sharp and cutting objects. Ropes, fabric, or rubber - protected slings and straps shall be used when handling pipes. Chains, cables, or hooks inserted into the pipe ends shall not be used. Two slings spread apart shall be used for lifting each length of pipe. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped onto rocky or unprepared ground. Slings for handling the pipeline shall not be positioned at butt -fused joints. Sections of the pipes with cuts and gouges exceeding 10 percent of the pipe wall thickness or kinked sections shall be removed and the ends rejoined. The dragging of fused HDPE pipe along asphalt and concrete paving will not be allowed. B. The open ends of all sections of joined and/or installed pipe (not in service) shall be plugged at night to prevent animals or foreign material from entering the pipe line or pipe section. C. Waterproof nightcaps of approved design may be used but they shall be so constructed that they will prevent the entrance of any type of natural precipitation into the pipe and will be fastened to the pipe in such a manner that the wind cannot blow them loose. D. The practice of stuffing cloth or paper in the open ends of the pipe will not be permitted. E. Where possible, the pipe shall be raised and supported at a suitable distance back from the open end such that the open end will be below the level of the pipe at the point of support. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-6 3.6 LAYING PIPE A. HDPE Pipe by Directional Boring - See Section 02071 — Directional Boring. B. Joints: 1. All HDPE pipe shall be jointed by the heat fusion process which produces homogeneous, seal, leak tight joints. 2. Restrained mechanical joints shall be provided at tie-ins with valves and other pipe materials. C. Butt Fusion Testing: 1. Contractor shall test the first fusion of the day on a daily basis. 2. In testing, the fusion shall be allowed to cool completely, then fusion test straps shall be cut out. The test shall be minimum of 12" or 30 times the wall thickness in length with the fusion in the center, and minimum of 1" or 1.5 times the wall thickness in width. Bend the test strap until the ends of the strap touch. Contractor shall not commence until a fusion test has passed the bent strap test. 3. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) affixed to the fusion machine. A trial fusion shall be conducted to verify machine calibration and data collection. At the Owner's request, a fusion manufacturer's representative shall attend the trial fusion. 4. The following AS -RECORDED DATA is required from the contractor and/or fusion provider and shall be submitted to the Owner: a. Fusion report for each fusion joint performed on the project, including joints that were rejected. Specific requirements of the Fusion Technician's joint report shall include: (1) Pipe size and thickness (2) Machine size (3) Fusion Technician identification (4) Job identification (5) Fusion joint number (6) Fusion, heating, and drag pressure settings (7) Heat plate temperature (8) Time stamp (9) Heating and cool down time of fusion (10) Ambient temperature b. Mechanical couplings are not permitted for joining of directional drilled pipe sections. D. The open ends of all sections of joined and/or installed pipe (not in service) shall be closed at night to prevent animals or foreign material from entering the pipe line or pipe section. Waterproof nightcaps of approved design may be used but they will be so constructed that they will prevent the entrance of any type of natural precipitation into the pipe and will be fastened to the pipe in such a City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-7 manner that the wind cannot blow them loose. The practice of stuffing cloth or paper in the open ends of the pipe will not be tolerated. Where possible, the pipe will be raised and supported at a suitable distance back from the open end such that the open end will be below the level of the pipe at the point of support. 3.7 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING E. After the pipe is in place, cleaning pigs shall be used to remove residual water and debris. After the cleaning operation, the Contractor shall provide and run a sizing pig to check for anomalies in the form of buckles, dents, excessive out -of - roundness, and any other deformations. The sizing pig run shall be considered acceptable if the survey results indicate that there are no sharp anomalies (e.g. dents, buckles, gouges, and internal obstructions) greater than 2 -percent of the nominal pipe diameter, or excessive ovality greater than 5 -percent of the nominal pipe diameter. For gauging purposes, dent locations are those defined above which occur within a span of five feet or less. Pipe ovality shall be measured as the percent difference between the maximum and minimum pipe diameters. For gauging purposes, ovality locations are those defined above which exceed a span of five feet. 1 1 1 F. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used pigging and for flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. G. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide a meter, if required by the water utility, and designate the source. All costs for flushing water shall be the Contractor's expense. Flushing water shall be potable water for potable water mains. RCW mains shall be flushed with reclaimed water. 3.8 TESTING AND LEAKAGE A. Hydrostatic Tests — General 1. All HDPE piping shall be hydrostatically tested aboveground to 60 psi with water from an approved source. While under pressure, the pipeline shall be visually inspected, with particular attention paid to the fused joints. The time which the pipe is held under pressure should be as needed to visually inspect the pipe, but no more than one (1) hour. The pipe shall be hydrostatically tested again after installation per the below requirements. 2. The piping shall be tested to a maximum length of 2,000 feet immediately after installation and backfilling has been completed. 3. In testing, the part of the system under test shall be filled with water and subjected to a sustained test pressure. The piping shall be tested in sections, thereby, testing each valve for secure closure. While the system is being filled with water, air shall be carefully and completely exhausted. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the Contractor City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 shall install corporation stops or fittings and valves at such points so the air can be expelled as the pipe system is slowly filled with water. 4. All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be furnished, installed and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and their installation shall be approved by the Project Representative. The pressure gauges or data recorders should be calibrated and sufficiently sized to provide mid-range data, easy reading, interpretation, and accuracy of resolution to ±2.0 psi. The test pressure should be taken at the position in the pipeline at the lowest point in elevation along the test section's vertical pipeline profile. All pressure and leakage testing shall be done in the presence of the Project Representative. 5. If the contractor elects to perform hydrostatic testing against valves in an existing distribution system, he does so at his own risk and will bear the cost of any damages to the existing valve, piping system, private or public property, or the new pipeline under test. 6. Testing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide the meter and designate the source. Testing water shall be at the Contractor's expense. Testing water shall be potable water for potable water mains. Reclaimed water mains and wastewater force mains shall be tested with reclaimed water where available. B. Hydrostatic Testing for High Density Polyethylene Pipe: 1. HDPE hydrostatic testing shall be done in accordance with ASTM 2164- 02 as briefly described below. Testing phase shall last 2 -hours. 2. For any test pressure from 1.0 to 1.5 times the system design pressure, the total test time including initial pressurization, initial expansion, and time at test pressure, shall not exceed eight (8) hours. If the pressure test is not completed due to leakage, equipment failure or other reason, the test section shall be de -pressurized, and allowed to "relax" for at least eight (8) hours before bringing the test section up to test pressure again. 3. The test procedure consists of initial expansion, and the test phase: a. During the initial expansion phase, the test section is pressurized to 10 psi above the test pressure (see Table A for Expansion Pressure), and sufficient make-up water is added each hour for three (3) hours to return to the expansion phase pressure. b. After the initial expansion phase, about four (4) hours after pressurization, the test phase begins. c. During the test phase, the pipe is stabilized at the test pressure (see Table A). The pressure shall remain steady within 5% of this target value for two (2) hours. If the pressure falls below 5% of the test pressure (see Table A), leakage or insufficient expansion is indicated, and the test shall be repeated after the pipe is allowed to "relax" as indicated above. Make-up water is not allowed during the test phase. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-9 TABLE A Pipe Class Expansion Pressure Test Pressure 5% Pressure Reduction SDR 17 150 psi 140 psi 133 psi SDR 13.5 170 psi 160 psi 152 psi SDR 11 170 psi 160 psi 152 psi SDR 9 210 psi 200 psi 190 psi 3.9 DISINFECTION A. Reclaimed water mains and wastewater force mains shall not be disinfected. See Section IV Article 41.5 for disinfection requirements for water mains. 3.10 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. Connections to existing mains shall be made as shown on the Contract Drawings. Coordination between the City and the Contractor shall be required in order to accomplish this task. The Contractor shall supply connection, procedure, and customer notification schedules to the City, for approval, two (2) weeks prior to the proposed connection date. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 High Density Polyethylene Pipe 15065-10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 15066 - TRACER WIRE AND ALARMING TAPE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 TRACER WIRE A. All pipe (HDPE, PVC and DI) 4 -inches and greater installed by open cut shall have two (2) 12 -gauge minimum solid or stranded copper locator wire taped to the top of the pipe at intervals no greater than 4 -feet. B. All pipe (HDPE, PVC or DI) installed by directional bore shall have (2) 12 -gauge extra high strength (EHS) carbon steel inner core reinforcement directional drilling tracer wires taped to the top of the pipe at intervals no greater than 4 -feet. The wire shall have a minimum tensile strength/break Toad of 1,150 lbs. C. The locator wires shall have colored insulation matching the type of service provided in the main and be acceptable for direct burial (Water- Blue, Sewer - Green & Reclaimed Water- Purple). D. The wire is to be tied to all valves, tees and elbows. E. The locator wires shall be brought up to the surface through a 2 -inch PVC pipe. F. The wires shall each be continuous throughout the project, with splices made only by methods approved by the Owner's Project Representative. G. All splices of the wires shall be made with watertight connections, utilizing Direct Bury Splice Kits as manufactured by 3M or approved equal. Bury Splice Kits shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. H. Contractor shall perform a 12 volt DC electrical continuity test on the wires. No more than one volt of loss per 1,000 feet of mainline pipe will be acceptable. At least one wire of the locator wire system shall pass the 12 volt DC electrical continuity test prior to final acceptance of the pipeline. Any cuts or breaks in the wire shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. I. The locator wire shall be tested by the Owner at the time of pressure testing. If this test fails, the Contractor is responsible for repairing the locator wire and the pressure test will be reschedule when the wire will pass. J. Contractor shall install tracer wire on all services to be installed from a main under the roadway within a cul-de-sac. The tracer wire should be tied into the wire on the. main as per the specs and looped into the RCW meter box. 1.2 ALARMING TAPE A. Provide underground warning tape constructed of heavy gage 0.004 -inch polyethylene film to identify all buried utilities except 3 -inch and smaller irrigation pipe. Provide 6 -inch wide tape as follows: City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 15066-1 1. Film Legend Electric line below Telephone line below Water line below Sewer line below Nonpotable water below Reclaimed water below Film Color Red Orange Blue Green Brown Purple (Pantone 522C) Install tape directly above each buried utility at a depth of 18 -inches below final grade. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 15066-2 SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and to the extent possible, all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. C. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. D. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Eccentric Plug Valves 2. Valve Boxes 3. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves 4. Restraining Clamps 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard for use in controlling the flow of potable water, reclaimed water, chemicals, wastewater, etc., depending on the applications. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be fumished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications as applicable. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer within 30 days after execution of the contract a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of materials to the site. B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 and the General Conditions. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-1 1.5 TOOLS A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied with the equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES A. Eccentric Plug Valves 3"-36" shall meet or exceed the latest revision of AVWVA Standard C517, and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this specification. B. Valves shall be of the non -lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the plans. Flanges shall be per the ANSI B16.1 125 Ib. standard. End-to-end length of flanged valves shall be per AWVVA C517, Table 1. Mechanical joint ends shall be to the AVVWA Standard C111-64. C. Bodies shall be of ASTM A126 Class B cast iron. Port area shall be 100% of standard pipe area. The body shall have minimal pooling, and provide complete flushing of the valve every time it cycles. Port of valve shall be rectangular on valves sizes 14" and larger. Port of valve shall be either rectangular or round on valves sizes 12" and smaller. The term "full port" shall represent 100% of pipe area. D. Valves must have internal and external epoxy coating 10 -mils min. E. Seats shall be rectangular ported, 1/8" thick welded overlay of not less than 95% pure nickel. Seat area shall at least '/2" wide and raised, with the raised surface completely covered with weld to insure that the plug face contacts only nickel. F. Plugs shall be solid one-piece castings of ASTM A536 ductile iron. The plug shall have a cylindrical seating surface eccentrically offset from the center of the plug shaft. The plug shall not contact the seat prior to 90% closed. The interference between the plug face and body seat, with the plug in the closed position, shall be externally adjustable in the field with the valve in the line under pressure. Plug shall be Chloroprene (CR), or other resilient facing suitable for the application. G. Bearings shall have sleeve type metal bearings and shall be of sintered, oil impregnated permanently lubricated type 316 ASTM A743 Grade CF8M stainless steel. Non-metallic bearings shall not be acceptable. H. Grit Excluders in the form of PTFE washers at the upper and lower journals shall be provided to prevent the entry of grit and foreign solids into the bearing areas. I. Shaft seals shall be of the multiple V -ring type with a packing gland follower or of the "U" cup type in accordance with AWWA C504. Shaft seals shall be self or externally adjustable and repackable without removing the bonnet from the valve. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-2 J. Pressure ratings shall be 175 psi for sizes 3"-12" and 150 psi for sizes 14"-36". Every valve shall be given a hydrostatic and seat test, with test results being certified when required by the specifications. K. Manual valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches, solid metal extension stems, floorstands, etc., as specified. Valves 6" and larger shall be equipped with worm gear actuators. Non -buried actuators shall clearly indicate valve position. L. Worm Gears shall be constructed in accordance with AWWA C517. Actuators shall be enclosed in a cast iron housing with outboard seals to protect the bearings and other internal components. The actuator shaft and the quadrant shall be supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Input shaft and fasteners shall be made of stainless steel. M. Externally adjustable open and closed position stops shall be provided. The adjustable closed position stop shall be used to set closing torque and provide adjustment to compensate for change in pressure differential or flow direction. N. Valves and gear actuators for buried or submerged service shall have seals on all shafts and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent the entry of water. Actuators shall be 90% grease filled. Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally enclosed and shall have gasket seals. O. Eccentric plug valves shall have a two year warranty from date of shipment. Manufacturers name shall be cast in body of valve and a metal tag containing a serial number shall be riveted to the valve for future parts identification. P. Valves and actuators shall be DeZurik PEF, Val-matic 5600R, or Milliken 600 Series. 2.2 VALVE BOXES A. See Section IV, Article 502-4. 2.3 DUCTILE IRON SOLID SLEEVES A. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves shall be provided with mechanical joints with ductile iron retainer glands. 1. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves shall be used with both above ground and buried piping. The sleeves shall be of ductile iron and shall be U.S. Pipe Fitting No. U514 or U528, as shown on the Drawings, or equal. The coupling shall be provided with high strength low alloy steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise. 2. Ductile iron solid sleeves shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-3 2.4 RESTRAINING CLAMPS A. Restraining clamp assemblies as detailed in the drawings for use at hydrant connections to water mains, or at fittings where shown on the drawings, shall be Megalug as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales, Inc., Eastland, TX. Retainer glands shall conform to AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10) and AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11). Restraint units shall be shear type torque design. All restraints shall be UL listed and FM approved for fire service. Retainer glands shall be provided with high strength low alloy steel bolts and nuts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least two hours at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. D. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective pipe sections in Division 15. E. Flanged and mechanical joints shall be made with high strength, low alloy bolts, nuts and washers. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with two (2) coats of bituminous paint comparable to Inertol No. 66 Special Heavy. F. Prior to the installation of sleeve -type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Owner. G. Valve boxes with concrete bases shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. Mechanical joints shall be made in the standard manner. Valve stems shall be vertical in all cases. Place cast iron box over each stem with base bearing on compacted fill and top flush with final grade. Boxes shall have sufficient bracing City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-4 to maintain alignment during backfilling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe. Remove any sand or undesirable fill from valve box. 3.2 RESTRAINING CLAMPS ON PIPE RUN A. Restraining clamps and tie rods shall be used on all pipe runs, as directed by the Engineer and/or shown on the Drawings. 3.3 SHOP PAINTING A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of rust -inhibitive primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. 3.4 FIELD PAINTING A. All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view will be painted per Sections 09900. 3.5 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Completed pipe shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test for two hours at 150 psi unless indicated otherwise elsewhere. All leaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Owner's Project Representative. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT 00992-0237 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-5 APPENDIX OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents PROJECT PERMITS 1 GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT 2 APPENDIX i Updated 6/20/2018 APPENDIX — Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION PROJECT PERMITS APPENDIX 1 Updated 6/20/2018 APPENDIX — Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Documents AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT APPENDIX 2 Updated 6/20/2018 REPORT OF THE TECHNICAL INVESTIGATION LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT SAND KEY, FLORIDA ariggere Engirt ring Servicos Incorporated DRI GER°S ENI3 NEERING SERVICES IN Geacechnice Engineering & Construction Materials Tea in McK.irn & Creed, Inc. 3903 Northdale Blvd., Suite 115E Tampa, Florida 33624 Attention: Mr. David C. Wehner, P.E. SeniorProject Manager ort trf the G Station 45 `olree Main Replacement Sand Key, Florida Our Pile. DES 178081 in nvestigati June 9, 2018 your authorization, DRICGERSENGIN.EE iG SERVICES INC. tion of subsurface conditions along the general alignment of the proposed force main. The results of our field and laboratory studies are included herein together with a discussion of our findings and associated geotechnical design and construct considerations. LD INVESTIGATION AT E U' rred program of four (4) Standard Penetratiol or hand auger borings (HA -1 proposed force main. in general, the b �e SPT borings were advanced to a depth of 30 t a depth of 10 feet below grade. The 4) and the 700 f ter Test (SPT) borings (B -i through B- u IIA -5} was performed along spaced apart about 300 to et and the hand auger borings were positioning of the test bot ationing and offsets of the borings identified on the attached Plate 1. However, the more precis ere depicted on the attached boring logs. Phone: 727471.66 Fax: 841.3714982 serorfice etfriggers.eng,com Clearwater P.O. Box 17835 • Clearwater. Honda 33782 Phone: 727.671,1313 +'Fax 727.471.6653 clwetke arlgge, eng corn Spring Hill P[: 727.471.8657 Fax: 727 471.885 <sph ittaliiae adriggers-eng.ccn 2 Al.! of the borings were positioned at the approximate locations requested by McKim & Creed. The depths of the borings were also specified by McKim & Creed. The Standard Penetration Test borings were performed in general accordance with ASTM D-1586- Please note that the upper 6 feet of the soil profile at each location was hand augered to minimize the potential for any damage to utilities that may not have been identified by the utility locate service or identified on the preliminary plan set provided for our use. The classification borings also had the advantage of providing a virtually continuous log of subsurface conditions within the upper 6 feet. Hand cone soundings were also performed within the upper hand augered portion as well as within the stand alone hand auger borings to provide relative penetration resistance data. Individual logs of the Standard Penetration Test borings are included to the report attachments reflecting visual together with estimated Unified and AASHTO Soil Classification. The test boring logs also present tabulated arid graphically plotted Standard Penetration resistance values corresponding to each sample interval. Please note that the graphical plotting ofs penetration resistance values is for the purpose of providing a visual aid for reviewing the ter boring results. The lines connecting the data points are for ease of interpretationand do not imply a linear variation in soil properties. A brief description of the Standard Penetration Test method of sampling is appended for the interested reader. Following completion of the Standard Penetration Test borings, the boreholes were grouted to prevent development of any preferential seepage path for drilling fluid during HDD LABORATORY INVESTIGATION A laboratory classification testing program was undertaken to aid in characterizing the engineering properties of the subsurface soils. Our laboratory tests included eight (8) grainsize analyses, two (2) Atterberg Limits determinations and one (I) organic content test. Also performed were two (2) determinations of the total combined silt and clay fraction (percent finer than No. 2013 sieve). The results of our laboratory tests are included in the report attachments. Also provided in the attachments are the graphical representations of the individual grairtsize analyses. Lir*113gers Engtiesoing Service ta Incorporated GENERALIZED SURFACE ANI) SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS SITE TOPOGRAPHY - The borings were conducted within grassed areas within the tight -of - way of Gulf Boulevard. In general, the site grade along the majority of the subject alignment was at about EL +5.0± feet (NAVD) with some slight variation above and below this elevation. The ground elevation increases to about EL +7.0 feet near the eastern end of the project. SOIL. CONDMONS - The borings took place within the road right-of-way where several buried utilities are located. As such, the upper soils have likely been disturbed and re -worked historically resulting in a heterogeneous mix of sands with variable shell, roots and seams or pockets of clay generally within the upper 4 to 6 feet below grade. In fact, boring HA -2 identified a highly organic soil from about 3 to 3.5 feet below grade. Below the upper backfill soils, the borings identified predominantly gray and light gray sands with shell representing the SP Unified Soil Classification System designation or A-3 AASHTO designation as well as silty sands (SM or A-24) with shell. The silty sands were typically underlain by a dark gray clayey fine sand (SC or A-2-6) beginning about 14 to 18 feet below grade and continuing to the surface of a green clay (Cl or A-7-6) layer beginning about 23 feet below grade. A green variably cemented clay with limestone seams was sampled at the 30 -foot sample interval at the deeper boring locations. Hand Cone and Standard Penetration resistance data suggest predominantly a loose relative density within the upper 10 to 12 feet with the silty and clayey sands typically very loose below that. Penetration resistance data within the deeper clay soils revealed a stiff consistency and very stiff to hard consistency within the variably cemented soils near the termination depth of the borings. GROUNDVVATER CONDITIONS - Groundwater was identified at depths ranging from 2 to 3.8 feet below grade over the majority of the project limits. However, the depth to groundwater increases to depths of 5 to 6 feet below grade at the easterly end of the project where the ground surface elevation increases slightly. In general, it appears the ground water elevation occurred between about EL +2.0 feet and EL +3.0 feet (NAVD). You will note that our groundwater observations were generally obtained during a period of moderate rainfall but was within the time of the year that would be considered the end of the dry season. Groundwater levels are influenced throughout the year in response to rainfall intensity. Therefore, we would expect a rise in groundwater of 1 to 2 feet during the typical wet season months. However, groundwater could certainly temporarily rise above these levels following very heavy rainfall during the wet season. • Crirmeris engineeping Services IncOrsporated 4 GEOTECITNICAL EVALUATION AND REC MIVIENDATIONS PLANNED IMPROVEMENTS - The project section studied herein consists of the construction of a 16 -inch force main along Gulf Boulevard. The total length of the study area is approximately 4,400 feet. Portions of the pipe will be installed by direct- embedment with a nominal 3 feet of cover., However, a portion of the pipe near STA 13+00 may be embedded on the order of 10 feet below grade. Portions of the pipe between will also be installed utilizing horizontal directional drilling (HOD) methodologies. There are three (3) anficipated HOD portions contemplated and those are: I. STA 13+00 to STA 18+00 2 STA 21+00 to STA 27+00 3. STA 28+00 to STA 49+50 However, the final locations and lengths of these FID!) segments may vary. HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING SEGMENTS - We have not been provided with information with respect to the anticipated drilling profile, flowever, during the horizontal directional drilling operations, the contractor should exercise appropriate ways and means to minimize any potential for an escape of drilling fluids to the surface (fracking) or the development of excessive fluid pressures that could result in damage or displacement of structures and utilities, and yet maintain a stable borehole to prevent collapse of overburden soils. DIRECT EMBEDDED PIPE SILBGRADE CONDITIONS - In general, our geotechnical investigation indicates that the subgrade soils within the depths contemplated for pipeline direct embedment construction consist of predominantly sandy soils comprising the SP to SP -SM and SM Unified Soil Classification and the AASHTO A-3 to A-2-4 classification. The soils should generally provide suitable subgrade support with subgrade preparation in accordance with applicable City or county specifications. Where more silty soils (A-2-4) are identified, even with appropriate dewatering to lower groundwater to control seepage, the subgrade soils may still be in a very *wet" state and may be difficult to reduce the moisture contents to levels appropriate for compaction. These soils may also be in a very loose state. Accordingly, depending on the actual subgrade conditions at the Cinggers Engineering Service Inocrpioreted 5 planned excavation depth, it may be appropriate to undercut the bottom of the excavation at least 12 inches followed by placement of a sand with less silt fines and an appropriate moisture content to facilitate proper -compaction at the bottom of the excavation. Following compactiort of the subgrade soils or compaction of the 12 inches of bedding soils, the pipe should be expected to experience settlement of 1 inch or less, and this settlement should occur fairly quickly following placement of the compacted backfill. Where gravel is incorporated, it is important to note that the gmding characteristics of an FDOT No. 57 or No, 89 gravel do not allow for the development of an effective filter to prevent migration of the surrounding soils into the gravel. Incorporation of a geotextile fabric such as a Mirafi 140N fully encapsulating the gravel would virtually eliminate migration of soils into the bedding. In localized areas, shallow seams of variably organic soils were encountered. However, these relatively thin searas generally occurred above the embedment depth of the pipe and, therefore, should not impact pipe subgrade support. Pockets or seams of claY and sant/. claY wert also noted within the upper 4 to 5 feet. Where these soils are encountered at the bottom of the investigation, they should he over -excavated and replaced with suitable backfill material. SUITABILTTY OF EXCAVATED SOILS FPR USE AS SACKEILL rn general, the soils excavated for pipe embedment will be suitable for re -use as compacted backfill with proper moisture control and compaction. Commonly, these soils consisted of fine sands and silty sands with small amounts of organic fines representing the SP to SM or A-3 to A-2-4 designations. In localized areas, as previous discussed, thin layers of soils with au excessive organic eontent or clays and sandy clays were encountered, These soils would not directly be suitable for use as backfill and must either be disposed of or blended with suitable overlying and underlYlog soils so as to produce a blended mixture considered acceptable* Considering the planned excavation deoths and the lenticular nature of these organic layers, We would envision that appropriate blendiag would represent a practical and economical approach to avoid the need for signilitant off-site disposal and corresponding importation of fill. However, highly organic zones with appreciable roots may be impractical to blend. Soils excavated below the pre -construction groundwater table may occur in an elevated moisture content even with the utilization of construction dewateting. These soils will typically require aeration or adjustment to the moisture contents to facilitate placement and compaction to project specification requirements. We would suggest that the moisture contents be controlled density relationship of AASHTO T-180. Soils containing appreciable silt and even trace amounts of organic it sensitive, [nd thus, will require appropriate earthwork management to contr levels suitable for placement and comp tion. Ge erall , these types of spreading acrd meehahtca! aeration as they coma ao do not effectively drain and within a stockpile, 'rr ,es tend tb bte weather I rnois contents to ire some lily GE'1'E �I A.L c0NSTR 0 Y CONSIDERATIONS - Cor ideri the majority o the all t within idose proximity to other buried utilities, the €dirt portion of the pipeline m y be co trusted utilizing trench box methods, l here to piques should he utilized so as to inimi e any vibrations and disturbance ofpre piping or existin utilities during instaila nand advan s er t of the on of uslyplaced :� Standards far pipe co�ruc recom end c ns ction sideI effective dewatering is develta operations. Naturally, the cotta requireiments. actor should c ed on the soil types encountered, lice would L5horizontal to I vettical pii vii ci during the excavation and ' l co 13.' with applicable OSHA Groundwater fs expected t merit and will nesita at groundwater be 1 proud anticipate shallow w najority of the direct rrbedded pipe a opriate filter ` media to facilitate dew itiied nature of these subsua a soils, fico deviate: of ur wit rip idle planned excavation depths along' prosper control and management during cons to a depth no less than 12 inches mow ll points, where necessary, may be fermi peril provided t the well pointe frig. Considering the variable would strong recommend the cont zt developing au effective dewatering p occur in close prrox m t in the protection of the inly recommend that ell atiot pu The contrecto avoid any deformation or shed on the existing utilities and.; Fut Ind ring Beryl -0E0 inccrporatecd 1 7 carefully monitored during all excavation and construction activities to detect any movements that might signal a need for a modification in the ways and means of construction. Clearly, techniques that would involve significant vibration such as vibratory sheeting installation and extraction or heavy vibratory compaction equipment should be avoided. Compaction of backfill in such areas should be performed utilizing relatively light hand -guided vibratory compaction equipment in thin lifts not in excess of 6 inches so as to achieve unitbrm compaction consistent with the equipment selected for compaction. In view of the generally widely spaced pattern of test borings, careful geotechnical inspection will be critical during the construction stage. Accordingly, it is our recommendation that a representative of the project geotechnical engineer be retained to monitor the pipeline construction activity to detect areas that may warrant special treatment or remediation. Appropriate compaction tests should also be performed as required by project specification requirements that should comply with applicable City and County specifications, whichever results in a most stringent requirement. LIMITATIONS - Our geotechnical investigation was conducted for the purpose of investigating generalized subsurface conditions to assist in the design of the planned improvements and to provide general information for use in construction. Our investigation may not have included development of all subsurface soils informationthat may be needed by the perspective contractor in the development of their construction procedures. The contractor is certainly encouraged to conduct such additional investigations as they may deem necessary to qualify their bid proposal. Driggere Engineering Services incorporated 'MUGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. ap to you on this project. Should you have any questions c, not hesitate to contact this office at your convenience. WSI-1IEPk178081 Copies submi d: (1) 8 be of please do Resp b+ BERING SERVICES, INC, 'a gers, nor Vic Registration No. S01: "GENS No, 58013 TATE OF Oat /OIAL• �af �w�y♦ mo istrat'on No. 1+ 9 ' PLATE! APPENDIX lRIN LOCATION PLAN STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING LOGS AUGER BORING ! D CONE SOUNDING LOGS to 01' LABORATORY TEST RESULTS GRAISIZE ANALYSES METHOD OF TESTING tagars Er rvaces Incorporated PLATE I LOCATION PLAN Clriggers ngineering $ rvices Rnccrr ora• ed I— — --— M— NM MN N NM— MN NM NE NM MI r Google Earth n 201 S Googir SAND KEY PARK SHERATON SAND KEY RESORT CLEARWATER BEACH MARRIOTT SUITES OF SAND KEY RADISSION BAYSIDE HOTEL SAND KEY CONDO BAYSIDE GARDENS IV SAND KEY CONDO BAYSIDE GARDENS III LEGEND: A HAND AUGER BORING/HAND CONE SOUNDING LOCATION S STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING/HAND CONE SOUNDING LOCATION 0 250 500 1,000 SCALE IN FEET DATE: 6/18/18 PROJECT NO. SHEET TITLE CAD / ENGINEER BORING LOCATION PLAN R.D.B. / W.S.D. w Z I -- U Lu 0 0 H W W C) g moa Zce CZ co W 0 NC 4J 0 O F LIo z W D`_ wo zn. �cc Wo Z OE' rw w o5 0 VI STANDARD PENET` ©rs Engineering Services Incorporated DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICE INCORPORATED roject Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Keys Flo( ocatari See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 31.5' Date 5/29/18 Water 2.8'_ Time; PENETRATION TEST SLOWS/FT. ON 2" 0.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, !" DROP 10 20 ddi _ 60 80 SURF. Grey Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A-3 Dark brown slightly organic Fine SAND rith trace of shell SP A Dark brownish -gray slightly silty Fire SAND' `th trace of shell (SP -SM) (A-3) Brownish -gray slightly silty Fine SAND with trace of shell: (SP -SM) (A-3) Very loose gray l=ine SAND With trace of shell SSP) (A-3) Lova dark brow -gray siighfy silty Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP -SM) (A-3 Very, loose dark gray slightly silty Fine SAND with shell (SF-Si1+l) (A-3) Vey loose dark gray silty Fine SANS witty trace of shell' (SM) (A-2-4) Hard green CL Y`with LIMESTONE Location: Gulf Boulevard*,Approx. hole Grouted WH - Weight eight of Ham 5 Right of Survey Baseline Casing Length CJRIG ERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED reject No. DES 178081 BORING NO. 13-2 Project Lift Station 45 Force Location See Plate I Completion Depth 31.55' n Replacement, Gulf Bouleva nth To iter 2.0' Tire nd Key, Florida Foreman C D. SOIL DESCRIPTIONCO HAM Dark gray organic Fine SAND with r SP-SiVliPt) (A-8) Dark gray Fine SAND with s �,Llght ray Fine SAND with II (SP) shell A: (SP) 4A-3) 7ty, sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6 ith abundant shell (SP) (A -3o Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3 Loose gray silty Fine SAND with shell (SA+I) (Ap2 ) Very loose dark gray very silty Fine SAND With shell (Ski) (A-2.4) Vy loose dark gray sit Fine SAND with shell (SM) (A-2-4) iff green' CLAY (CH) (A_ Very stiff greenish -gray variably mented CLAY (CL) (47-8) O 0 £L m0 W 1!1 VSS 5/29118` STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWSIFT, ON 2" 0.0. SAMPLER -1210 LB, HAMMER, 3D" DROP 20 4Ni, t!Q 80 on: ul ° > oulevartl; Alaprrrax. Sta; 23+93: Offset 35:O' Right of Surrey Baseline hole Grouted Caaing Ler tit de ORIGGEFIS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 178081 ()RING NO. B-3 Project Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Key, Florida Location See Plate I Completion Depth 31.5' Date 5/29/18 Water 20 Depth To Foreman Dana 5129118 L UiI F. EL: SOIL DESCRIPTION STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" 0,D SAMPLER -140 L.B. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 2tl . 60 Dark brown organic Fine SAND with roots ((SP-SM/Pt) (A-8) Grayish -brown Fine SAND with tan LIMESTONE (SP) (A-3) \Gray Fine SAND with trace of ah (SP) i;A-3) hell and roots Gray Fine SAND with trace+ (SP). ark gray Fine SAND with pockets of silty CLAY ad taco of shell (SP/CH) (A -3/A -7-6L ark gray silty Fine SAND is (Aw2-4} Loose light brown's SP) (o-3) ray Fine SAND with shell Loose to very loose gray to light gray Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Very loose gray silty Fine SAND with (SM) (42-4) ry loose dant gray clayey Fine SAND C) (A-2-6) ti CLAY (CH) (a4 7-6) Very stiff ween variably cemented C with seams of LIMESTONE (CL) (A-7-6)' 3/412 81416: 21112 1/0/1 4 10113117' markst Ltxcatktrr: Gulf Boul Borehole Grouted S 4+ Offse 45.0' R ht Su Olin nu rngth 1111111, DRIGCyERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED P oJect No. f ES 178 Project Lift Station 45 Force in Replacement, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Key. Florida LocationSee Plater Foreman Completion De th To Depth 3'15' Dem 5/29/18 Water' BORING NC C.Q. a Date 5/29, J a SOIL DESCRIPTION EL Gray Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A 3) D rk grayish brown Fine SAND with tea+ P A Gr yi h-brrawrt Fine SAND with trace of (Sly (A -3L Light grayish -brown Fire SANDwith of shell SP A-3 ht grayish -brown Fine SAND with she! SP A-3 agray Fine D hell (Sly) A-3 odium dere light gray;Fine SAND i1 tl of shell (SP) (A-3) light grayish -brown Fine SAND watt SP) (A-3) shell 20 - 25 V with light gray slightly silty Fine SAND trace aff shell ' (SP -SM) (A-3) loose dark gray clayey Fine SAND race of shell (SC) (A_2-6) CLAY (CH) (A. i - green variably cemented CLAY of LIMESTONE (CL) (A-7-6) Remarks Loeatic x. Gulf Bou Borehole Grouted yard; OL Sta. 41+90, met 39. 0 U) O a C? 8/8/2 4/3,4 314/1 /12117 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" 0.D. SAMPLER 140 LB„ HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 �f{ Enaimmoim 1111111111111111111111 Y Baseline Caslrrg Length RAND AUGER BORING / RAND CONE SOUNDING LOGS Driggers' Engineering Services Incorporated OR GGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING/HAND fI. AND CON SOUNDING LOG ..:...... PR.£ CT: Lift Station 45 Force Mainiiaplacem� Gulf Boulevard Sand Key, Florida Protect No„: DES 178[361- CNWICOAN: A leivt rn & Creed ATER TABLE. 8 DA 5J, C.DJC. 7 PI TEST ELI SCRI k'`ION Fine SCIS with rants .(SP) (A. DEPTH (FT 10 CO PL ON DEPTH: B.0 -1 HAND GONE TIP RESISTANCE OSP) Dark brown slightly organic Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Dark brownish -gray slightly silty Fine SAND with trace of shell' (SP -SM) (A-3) nish-ary htly silty Fine SAND h ice o shell (SP -SM) (A.3) C C LocatIon: Gulf Boulevard; Approx, Sta, 15+58; fset.3i 4'iRight of Survey Baseline EI : Denotes Penetration Resistance iri of 50 TSF E• • 's'f rl_ 0 10 12 14 DRLGGERS ENGINEERINGSERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER DORING1HAND CONE SOUNDING LOG T: Lift Station 45 Farce Vein Reptacaamen Boulevard nd Key, Florida Proiett hio.: DES_178g81 ECHNICIAN: D.IC.O. CLIENT: cim & Cmed WATER TABLE: 2 DATE: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH: 9M8 8.0' LOCATION: Plate I TEST NUMB B•2 :$CRIPTION Dark gray organic Fine SAND with roots (SP-SM/Pt) (A-8) Dark gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Light gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) DEPTH VT) 0 7.'x:7 spy 7ev: 2 4yr.: �... ^Q:'ST: Gray silty, sandy CLAY (Chl) (A-7-8) iy Pine SAND with abundant shell (SP) (A4)° Location: Gulf Boulevard: Approx, Sta. 23+98; Offset 35.0" Right of Survey Baseline ENDS.:, Denotes Penetration Resistance in excess of S0 TSF 10 12' 14 4 HAND CONE TIP RESISTANCE (TSF) 2ff so 70 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES` INCORPORATED HAND AUGERBORING/ PROJECT: Lift Station 45 Force i41ain Reaaaaoerr n Gulf Boulevard Sand Key{ Florida Pro lent No.: DES 178081 IC N: OUNDINa LOG CLIENT: ATM TABL I IC0:. DAT ' itn 8 Creed ATE: ION 1 ee Plate I TEST NUMB ELEV. MT) CRIPTION HAND Cosa, RESISTANCE ITSF) Claris brown organic Fine AND wio P-SMJPt x0.-8 Grayish -brown Fine SAND with tan LIMESTONE SP A-3 Gray Fine SAND with tri of shell (SP) (A-3) Gray Fine SAND with trace of shell and mots (SP) (A-3) Dark. gray Fine SAND with pockets of silty CLAY and trace of shell SP/CH A -3/A-1-6 Locat otr Gulf Boulevard, Approx. Sta. 34496; Offset #45,0* Right of Survey Baseline GENES Denotes Penetration Rosi in excess of 50 TSF nce 10 2 14 V ]jill_ IEEE EMU MINI GD 7 de5i ORIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES HAND AUGER BORINGI ill Sta (on 44Fo,ce tin Re lace hent. Gulf Boulevard Sand Key, Florida Pe t No.. DES 17801,1 C. 0 C,o.le See Plate tN IAND CONE SOU] INCORPORATED Gray, Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A-3 Dark grayish -brawn Fine SAND with trace of roots SSP) (A-3) rayish-brown Fine SAND tree of shell (SP) (A-3) .._ Light grayish -brown Fine SAND e of shell (SP) (A-3) n Fine SAN P) (A4) ocat)ot : Gulf Boulevard; A prox. Ste. 41490; et 39.0' Right of Survey Baseline on Resistance F DATE TEST NUM R< DEPTH m (F) 2 vr. • i8 1 COMPLETION DEP HAND CONE TIFF RESISTANCE (TSF) 20 3G1 40 50 64 7 0 12 14 - °RI GERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATE HN CIAN: DATB: ATI N:, TEST IVDA BER. [ateon �5 Force Mao Reptacemen ' gulf Boulevard Sand Key, Florida Pooled. No.: DES 17308 /HAND CONE SOtt DATE: 5rzs118 CtiPLETIONN.DEPTH: CONE TEP DEPTH g RES TA Wil" (FT) Berk brown organic Fine SAND with roots (SP-SM/Pt) (A-8 yish-brawn slightly silty Fine SAND with shell (SP -SM) (A-3 Brown slightly silty Fine SAND ith shell fragments (SP -SM) (A-3) Gray ish-br+ wit silky Fine ;Al lD .vlth shell fragments (SM) 24) 1 -fight gray Silty Fine SAND with abundant shell fragments' (SM) (A-2-4) Location: Gulf Boulevard, Approx. Sta. 13+02: ffset 43.0' Right of Survey Baseline 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED PROJECT: HAND AUGER 00111N Ian 45 gree Main ep gement Gulf Boulevard Sand Key. Florida Protect No.: DES 17 1 iHAND CONE SOUNDING LOG CLIENT:, & Creed TABLE: DATE 5/2811 TECHNICIAN: DATE a COMPLETION DEPTH 0.0' LOCATION: (FT DESCRIPTION Dark brown organic, slightly silty Fine SAND with roots and shell (SP-ShNPt) (A-8) Grayish -brawn slightly silty Fine SAND with pockets of clayey Fine SAND and trace of shell and roots (SP•S11SC) (A=31A..2.8) Dant gray slightly silty Fine SAND "tti hell ft rn+ nts SP SM dray slightly silty Fine SAND with shell fragments and pockets of silty CLAY (SP-Sl#li/CHj (A -31A-7-6) C?eirk gray highly organic, sihtty silty Fine SAND w+lth trace of shell (Pt) (A-8) Gray► Fine SAND with shell fragments and wood or root fra * mens SP A-3 Dark ray silty Fine SAND with shell (SM) (A-2-4) Gruen sandy CLAY with shell (CH) (A-7-6) Gray slightly silty Fine SAND with shell (SP -SM) (A-3) ark gray silty Fine SAND trace of shell (SM) (A-2-4) TEST NUMBER TH (FT) q; HA - HAND CONE TIP RESISTANCE (TSF) 0 40 60 G Lova nr Gulf R3oulevard,; Approx. Ste. 10+524 Offset 317:0' Right of Survey Baseline Lam. PVC Casing.. LEND: Denotes Penetration Resistance in excess of 50 TSF 10 12 - 14 - DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICE INCORPORATED PR JE 111CIAN LOCATJON EL Lift S AND AUGER BORING!HAND CONE SOLUN tion 4 i Force Main Re Jammer; Gulf Rauievald Sand Key, Florida Prosect Na.: DES 178 1 IENT: WATER TARLE & Creed IATE: F grayish•brown Fine SANT with rtxi SSP) et. - Grayish -brown Fine SAND with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) • Light grayish -brown silty Fine SAND with shell fragments {Sly (A-2:4). Light gray srightiy silty Fine SANO With shell (SP -Sl+) (43) Location: Gulf Boulevard; Approx. Ste. 27+79; Offset 38.0''Right of Survey Baseline LEG)=ND ak Denotes Penetration Resistance in excess of 50 TSF 10 4"r COhPL.ET ON .e E t< 10 AND C NE TIP SIS'ANCE (TSF) 10 20 0 Sq_ t 14 ail 1111111' DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING/HAND CONE SOUNDING 1 [}+G PROJECT Force Main i Gulf Boulevard Sand Key, Florida T! HN N: Ori ON: itNT t tENT ST NUMBER: HA -4 (F1 DESCRIPTION lark brawn ranic Fine SAN whit roots (SP-SM/Pt) IA -8) Light brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) HAND CONE Tlf RESISTANCE (TSF) 0 1a C-31 i7. Light brf Fine SAND (SP) (A4) Light brown Fine SAND f#h abundant shell (SP) (A-3) Location. Gulf Boulevard; Applox, S#a. 48+49; #23.0' Rlgh# of Survey Baseline LEGENi3, ?tint s Penetration Resistance in excess of 50 TSF 10 14 ,, 4 DRIGGEPS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED P HAND AUGER DURING/HAND CONE SOUNDING IC Lit# Station 45 Force Mmol Replacement Gulf Boulevard Sand Key. Florida Protect No,: DES178001,. ATION`. McKtrrt & wed OA' 5/29/t8 PLETION DEM 14.0' t tlate I DESCRIPTION DEPTH (FTI Dark brawn organic Fine SAND with root (SP -Si lPt) (A-8) Light brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Very light: brown Fine SANS with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) • HAND CONE TIP RESISTANCE (TSF) N 0 10 20 NO" BI Lightbrown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) 40• •.t • 4. 7 • Location: Ulf Bovtevard,; Approx. Sta. 54+01; Offset 23.0 Right of Survey Baseline LEGEND:. s+ Pe tion F in excess of 50 TSF I - w♦ MIVIA 1 OF LABURATORY TEST RESULTS °riggers Engineering Se ices incorporated 11-3 T !ENT: PROJECT: a °£ un Si w& .TLE<#s17801!,! - N - I I UN 1 - - - - - - - - - MO S GRAINSIZE ANALYSES riggers Engin ee ring Service I hated u. S Standard sime oo.nmis in 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. S stane..e a ... 100 6.. Ip 14 16 i'a. 30 Numtrr,. 1 1 1.10 -. NpCromNer ! I,... i r r100 1 11111111_UhIIIiiIiIii11_1111111!_111111111 � 11111■■111®1■■ 1111■.® 111111■®�1111�■■:=1111h®:1111.1.11112 1111®■■®_1111u■■■_111l111 1®111u■i �i111��, 11111■■.®111111■■�111111■®um 111®■■. 111 ■■ 11111■■.® 8 1111®®■® 111111■■ IIIA■._11111■■. 111n■■■_111111■®1 ,er b 11111■■®111111■®®lull®■®1111lui 11111■■■ 111111■■�111111■■-1i1®1■�®�®1111 'I ■r 111 11 ®®■® I�■11 �1RN' ■® ill II s11■�®111 1111 ■■ 11111®■® 11111■®'11111■■■i111111 r 111®1®®®11111■..�III...� A 50 . 10 5 0 S 0 1 0.05 0.01 Grain Size in Millimeters 0.005 0 0010 GRAVEL SAND Coarse I Medium I Fine SILT or CLAY Number Depth Natural Moisture L L. P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: McKim & Creed B-1 - 2.4' -6.0' brownish -gray Slightly silty Fine SAND with trace of shell PROJECT: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Keey, Florida FILE: DES 178081 OM MB 111111 ■ 1 11111 INN IMO MN NMI =I 1111111 ■ 11110 1 1 1 II= OM OM w M- NM E r-- w N 1 N w MN N NIII ID Groin Size !fS GO GRAVEL SAND ip.©' -11.1 park graj slightly filty Fine bAHil Britt. shell PROJECT: SILT ort AY Kim & Creed Lift Station 45 Farce Main Replacement, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Key, Florida 178081 CLIENT; McKie 6 Creed t $tet on 45 Force la€e:Peet, Gulf Boulevard,. Sand Keys, Florid LE 0E5 178081' 01 Gray silty+ Fine AMU with shell INN NM r E N NM M I ■M r r N ■N NO NM NM r I NM MN = N MI N I UM M NM N M IIIIIII N all N 1111111 E MN MN OR! GGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. ae 100 GRAVEL Coags* Os Gnin Sate in Mdmnete s SAND 0,1' 0005 10 100 0001 uan I' Una SUET or CLAY' [, B -4 1 h� gray 3n =brow i- m e SANff h trace of she11` Ci1Eilis McKim & Crae PRO ECT: Litt Station 45 Force Main Replaceisant, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Key, Florida FILE': DES 178081 lGt ERS EENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. v 50 100 .. ...mm. ..... Imm MI 111111111111111.......4111 1111111111111111 U.___1iIii- !iiIi LL� �N 11111111NII 100 GRAY Mame 10 40 60Jyy 0 001 Sia CoarseMe um 1 Rn SILT or CLAY CTAS -4 5.0 -7. Grey Fina SANi)' CLIENT: Kim & Creed PROJECT: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement, Gulf Boulevard. d Key. Florida 081 — EN O-- NM— M r w it r— all N r N r MI 1111111 111111 111111 NM E 1 N M 111111 M r E INN 11111 MN DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U, 5 Standard 100 3 : f- Siw6 Owens in1 Inche # T -i #.. 4 6... 10 U. 5 Standard Sew Numbers 20 30 40 i0 11 ‘6 1s0 Hydrometer Percent; finer by Weight co o o `b S o ._ 1 l .7,100 3 8 $ o $ k5 0 0 0 0 0 Percent Coarser by Weight -., .,\\ i ti 100 50 10 5 05 01 0,05 0.0 0.005 0.001 Grain. Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND Coarse I Medium I Fine SILT or CLAY Number Depth Natural Natural L t_ P. L R I. Classification CLIENT:McKim & Creed PROJECT: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Key, Florida FILE: DES 178081 HA -1 2.1' - 7.2' L,raylsh-brown silty Fine SAND wi.ph shell °RIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. NMI MINI all 11111 111111 INN 1118 11111 111111 11E1 NM NMI INN or mai um aim ma 103 MS 3 ShmdmdSmmeOpmeMainImMia 2 1 i f 3 10 U. S Standard Siam lt 16 20 Numbers 30 40 50 70 1100 140 Hydrometer . MI IN0 , i 90 11111 hid 1111 11 1 11111 11 10 Ilia IIII I 20 70 11111111 1111111111 01 a Elli 1 II1II1II1II1 30 60111111 MI 11111 NUNN 1 1111 I 2 to_ tv lull 11111 MI INNINIII 1111 II 4, 40 t mu, 11111 ON I IN 1111111111111 1111 Ia-, ›. m nil lin IN 11•111111 I III 50 e 1 - 10 111 111111 1111 11 lila ll 11 MN 2 X 1111 11111 NU 1 60 LI' r, 30 IIII I 1111 a.. 1111 11111111 1111 I 111. 70 II 1111 11N NM 80 10 1111 11 11111 11111 111 111 IIa 11 1 11111 1111 111 1111 1111 11 90 0 , 100 50 10 5 05 01 Grain Size in Millimeters 005 001 0005 0001 100 GRAVEL SAND Coarse I Medium I Fine SILT or CLAY Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P. L P.1, Classification CLIENT: McKim & Creed PROJECT: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement, Gulf Boulevard, Sand Key, Florida FILE: DES 178081 HA -2 .7.. 7 ' 10 0' Dark gray silty Fine SAND with trace of shell NMI MINI all 11111 111111 INN 1118 11111 111111 11E1 NM NMI INN or mai um aim ma 111111 M I n G NM S 1111111 I I MB M MI NM B M N DRIGGERS ENGINEERJNG SERVICES, 1NC. 10 40 t 50e 111111111111111111111111111111 300, ng 1e , Depth` HA -5 2.3" - 5.. GRAVEL a5 as Grain Sur in onsets SAN®_ odium I Fins Natural t_ t. Moisture ansifieetion light brows Fine°SAND truce of shell SILT of CLAY' CLIEWT: McKim & Creed PROJECT:, Lift Station 45 Force ►lain Replacement. Gulf Boulevard„ Sand Key, Florida OES 1,8481 METHOD OF TESTING' Orrgere Engineering Services incorporated STANDARD PENETRATION TEST WITH AUTOMATIC HAMMER AND SOIL CLASSIFICATION retration Test borings, a rotary drilling rig is used to advance the bore ole to the hired test depth. A viscous drilling fluid is circulated through the drill rods and bit to stabilize the borehole and to assist in rcarraval of salt and .roek cuttings up and out of the borehole. Upon reaching the desired test depth, the 2 inch 0.1:ksplit harts attached to an N -size; drill rod and lowered to the bottom of e to the dri ll stft at them rid rated and dropped fora distant for each 6 inch interval t�ipertep advanced a total of 18 inches. 7 hlowcattutt, pertt%rt resiatan! xtpier or" nu', as it sometimes colied, is whole. A 140 pound automatic hammer, attached $udace, is then used to drive thesampler into the tbnnation.. The hammer issuccessively of30 inches using an automated liking mechanism The number of blows is me ed tion oruatil virtual reel le achi vcd. tri thette above ma son of the blows required to the final 12 triches of or oN0 value of the particular matzos! at the sample depth Ager penetration, :fh in aglass jar and trans ound s of field el sample is removed, se CO Consistency secured in the Geld sampling operon d Soil Classi#icatiara was assigd to eC rely and symbolically for ease off e betweerrt soil types, In many Via, dais ftbesoflastorelative density orundrainedst ca sistwice valuesof" `vatuesandindustry=acre phtcalfibrin on each respective Irorii is for illustration purposes only and color .and iiftetio s htlrer►�+taenis based upon,Siandnrd 'N" vetoes, or blaweour ts, eye p rice ► role vaL 'The ,graphical plot of corttlnatty itt soil cons er 'hear Theborne dates and time not enctsunt l.. bsu'rce conditions at respective boring local ay rtr lin holing locatiurrs urtd ly. T e absence trf water moble nfbtnr,atiins doe le int represc fly tl hsatthe, aterwas HAND CONE PENET red using a DGS ST viodelS-215 double enable the cooe stress to be measure! directly. Soil fri g. Depending upon the application, e lent of push or the least bearing for an increment soli spot,,u would take tl a least reading. In t. ane into the sail 6 inches, retract the cone li htly tint: advance an additional 6 inch increment. If you rns he hale opened with a.' hand auger o permit a c arttlnrratlo depth, tyou you would en can be removeti rents against 250 lbs.. to be applied,. fperared in a vertical a section area of 1.s crtr~ The cone tip has an included angle of 60' aipu lb ri g (Qc)is 7(1 kg(c a x ry t h co: codssts is not absolute. Generally, he t'altawn; extensive field use of the uni tion betvreen the 001101 Utts: have been deteirted orrelatiora in your local soil oil Standird Pei (Sands) Clayey alts luc = (10t00)( (20) r SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 033897P PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR TLC Diversified, Inc. SURETY OWNER Westfield Insurance Company [name] P.O. Box 5001 Westfield Center, OH 44251 2719 17th St. E. [principal business address] Palmetto, FL 34221 330-887-0101 941-722-0621 [phone number] City of Clearwater Engineering Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4747 PROJECT NAME: LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: 17 -0016 -UT PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Construction of approximately 4150 linear feet of 20" force main and approximately 560 linear feet of 16" by open cut. BY THIS BOND, We, TLC Diversified, Inc. , as Contractor, and Westfield Insurance Company , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $1,980,261.25 for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction 1' of Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement 17 -0016 -UT, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 033897P PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of ,20 (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). orporate ecr ary or Witness Print Nam . Joanne Lamberson (affix corporate seal) SECTION V TLC DIVERSIFI, INC. By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: President Thurston Lamberson Print Name: afield Itstct'ance C)mpany (Co poratef ety) ' ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Print Name: Don Br age, Attorney -In -I t & Resid t Agent (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) Inquires: 407-330-3990 Page 2 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 POWER NO. 0994592 00 General Power of Attorney CERTIFIED COPY Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a "Company" and collectively as "Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having their principal offices in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint DON BRAMLAGE, LAURA D. MOSHOLDER, EDWARD M. CLARK, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY. of SANFORD and State of FL their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in their names, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship - - - LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEE, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "BE IT RESOLVED, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attomey-in-Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents cancelling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be as binding upon The Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary." "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000.) In Witness Whereof WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 16th day of October, A.D., 2017. Corporate Seals Affixed State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY 0E110 FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY By: Dennis P. Baus, National Surety Leader and Senior Executive On this 16th day of October, A.D., 2017, before me personally came Dennis P. Baus, to me known, who, being by me duly swom, did depose and say, that he resides in Wooster, Ohio; that he is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said Companies; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial Seal Affixed State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: CERTIFICATE By O'etzeillOA- David A. Kotnik, Attomey at Law, Notary Public My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) I, Frank Carrino, Secretary of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attomey, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Company at.WestfieldCenter, Ol o, this day of, A.D., •.�+; so: '3SEAL 1 N; SEAL `. '-;• BPOAC (0. ••• ,, *.. Frank Carrino, Secretary SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this 17 day of eg4 , 2019 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and TLC Diversified, Inc., of the City of Palmetto County of Manatee and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". [Or, if out rf s WITNESSETH: h©ri ed to do Count ontrac That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO.: 17 -0016 -UT in the amount of $1,980,261.25 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of 51,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost. to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract. the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency. upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. if the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and SECTION V Page 5 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 POWER NO. 0994592 00 General Power of Attorney CERTIFIED COPY Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a "Company" and collectively as "Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having their principal offices in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint DON BRAMLAGE, LAURA D. MOSHOLDER, EDWARD M. CLARK, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY. of SANFORD and State of FL their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in their names, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship - - - LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEE, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attomey(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "BE IT RESOLVED, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attomey(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents cancelling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be as binding upon The Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary." "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attomey or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000.) In Witness Whereof WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 16th day of October, A.D., 2017. Corporate Seals Affixed (LI SEAL :0 State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY By: Dennis P. Baus, National Surety Leader and Senior Executive On this 16th day of October, A.D., 2017, before me personally came Dennis P. Baus, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Wooster, Ohio; that be is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said Companies; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial • ,`','y,,,, Seat ,gP'RII�.... '• \ Affixed s .TF pF O. State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: CERTIFICATE By: ,Pa..vl!//rte David A. Kotnik, Attomey at Law, Notary Public My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) I, Frank Carrino, Secretary of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attomey, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of Said Cot/Tarry at WeStfjeld Center, Ohio, this day of, A.D., 3 BPOAC (0 SEAL ` N SEAL ° •,.„, 7. B : >r FranlfCarrino, Secretary SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FL RID 1JiLLc4r.• BY William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: -., 1•0\Cr(\ George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must indicate whether: X Corporation, Partnership, Attest: aik Rosemarie Call City Clerk A Owen Kohler Assistant City Attorney T (Cont By: Print Name: Title: Company, or iversified, Inc. Individual Thurston President erson The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 6 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 Nielson, Mosholder & Associates A member of Nielson & Company, Inc. 4380 St. Johns Pkwy, Ste. 110, Sanford, Florida 32771 (407) 330-3990 PUBLIC WORKS BOND In compliance with Florida Statutes 255.05 (1)(a) PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND BOND NO: 033897P Contractor Name: TLC Diversified, Inc. Address: 2719 17th Street East Palmetto, FL 34221 Phone No: 941-722-0621 Surety Company: Westfield Insurance Company Surety Address: PO Box 5001 Westfield Center, OH 44251 Surety Phone No: 330-887-0101 Owner Name: City of Clearwater Address: Engineering Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Phone No: 727-562-4747 Obligee Name: (if different for property owner) Obligee Address: Obligee Phone No: Project Name: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement; Project No.17-0016-UT; Clearwater, Florida Project Location: Pinellas County, Florida Legal Description: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement; Project No.17-0016-UT; Pinellas County, Clearwater, Florida SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT CONTRACTOR: [Engineering Dept.] PROJECT NO.: 17 -0016 -UT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ 1 Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : ( 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ 1, Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address] on bond of [insert name of Contractor] [address] [address] ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater [Engineering] 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this _ day of Attest: (Seal): ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) SECTION V Page 7 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL/BID BOND (Not to be filled out ifa certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, TLC Diversified, Inc. as Contractor. and Westfield Insurance Company as Surety, whose address is -P. O. Box 5001, Westfield Center, OH 44251 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Proposed Bid Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which. well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators. successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of TLC Diversified, Inc. as Contractor, and Westfield Insurance Company as Surety, for work specified as: Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement/Project # 17 -0016 -UT all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to he approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void. otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X Corporation, Partnership, Company. or Individual Signed this 6th day of August , 20 19 TLC Diversified, Inc. Contractor Dalas Lamberson/Vice President Principal ce President Westfield In rance Compan Sur ; - Mos : er, Attorney -In -Fact $r: Florida au esident Agent The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name. his own name, and his title.; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Inquiries: 407-330-3990 SECTION V Page 8 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 POWER NO. 0994592 00 General Power of Attorney CERTIFIED COPY Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a "Company" and collectively as "Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having their principal offices in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint DON BRAMLAGE, LAURA D. MOSHOLDER, EDWARD M. CLARK, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY. of SANFORD and State of FL their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in their names, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship - - - LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEE, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attomey(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "BE IT RESOLVED, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents cancelling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be as binding upon The Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary." "BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attomey or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000.) In Witness Whereof WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 16th day of October, A.D., 2017. Corporate Seals Affixed State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY By: Dennis P. Baus, National Surety Leader and Senior Executive ()b,,,„&fp On this 16th day of October, A.D., 2017, before me personally came Dennis P. Baus, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Wooster, Ohio; that he is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and 01410 FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said Companies; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial Seal Affixed State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: CERTIFICATE By: ,Perazoi,a0A- David A. Kotnik, Attomey at Law, Notary Public My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) 1, Frank Carrino, Secretary of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Company at Westfield Center, Ohio, this day 6th of, August A.D., 2019 . °gip inisu • SEAL�: = o BPOAC (0. •••.. By: Frank Carrino, Secretary SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF MANATEE ) Tiffany Taylor Asst. Secretary of TLC Diversified, Inc. , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 2719 17th Street East (Street & Number) Affiant further says that she is familiar TLC Diversified, Inc. Palmetto Manatee (City) FL/34221 (County) (State) with the records, minute books and by-laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Dalas Lamberson (Officer's Name) is Vice President (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement or said corporation by virtue of Resolution of Board of Directors on March 06, 2019 (state whether Board of Direct Sworn to before me this 6th day of LINDA KAY MOORE Notary Public - State of Florida Commission # FF 971805 My Comm, Expires Mar 20, 2020 ,4 SECTION V a sion of by laws or a Resolution of ution '.� - • to of adoption). Tiffan for/Asst. Secretary Affiant Linda Kay Moore Type/print/stamp name of Notary Notary Public/FF 971805 Title or rank, and Serial No., if any Page 9 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF MANATEE ) Dalas Lamberson being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is Vice President of TLC Diversified, Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this 6th day of LINDA KAY MOORE Notary Public - State of Florida Commission # FF 971805 My Comm Fxpiies Mar 20, 2020 August erson/Vice President , 2019 . SECTION V Page 10 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT — 17 -0016 -UT and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT — 17 -0016 -UT Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bid Bond Bank, for the sum of Ten Percent (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ 10% The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub -contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: Thurston Lamberson/President Joanne Lamberson/Secretary ADDRESSES: 5539 2nd Ave. Circle W., Palmetto, FL 34221 5539 2nd Ave. Circle W., Palmetto, FL 34221 Signature o Dalas Lamberson/Vice�xesidet The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Prin ipa s name, is own name and his title.,,: Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by. affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: TLC Diversified, Inc. By: Dalas Lamberson Title: Vice President Company Legal Name: TLC Diversified, Inc. Doing Business As (if different than above): N/A Business Address of Bidder: 2719 17th Street East City and State: Palmetto, FL Zip Code 34221 Phone: (941) 722-0621 Email Address: tlamberson@ticdiv.com Dated at Palmetto, FL , this Sixth day of August State of Incorporation is Florida , A.D., 2019 SECTION V Page 12 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT — 17 -0016 -UT Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 07/26/2019 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: TLC Diversified, Inc. (Name of Bidder) igna re of Officer) Dalas Lamberson/Vice President (Title of Officer) August 06, 2019 (Date) SECTION V Page 13 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT — 17 -0016 -UT CONTRACTOR: TLC Diversified, Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $�C( 14`20, 2(o i , Z� awfdAtei (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: () e )lc (,J On 71,01 Thi(, /iu.sp Ne e (Words) Insert Bid Tab Table Here THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF A CURRENT CONTRACTOR LICENSE/REGISTRATION WITH THE STATE OF FLORIDA AND PINELLAS COUNTY. THESE DOCUMENTS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE. FAILURE TO PROVIDE THESE DOCUMENTS IN THE BID PROPOSAL WILL DEEM THE CONTRACTOR'S BID AS NON-RESPONSIVE. SECTION V Page 14 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 1 1 1 1 Project: 17 -0016 -UT Lift Station 45 Force Main Replacement Addendum 1 Contractor: TLC Diversified, Inc. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT Bidder's Grand Total: $ I1 C go, -2(o , 25 1 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATOIN/GENERAL CONDITIONS (Numbers) Bidder's Grand Total: ! l, (A.rti 11-th,na p (Words) 1 331, gap IIGlTWO 3 17 -0016 -UT LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT ITEM # BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT BID PRICE AMOUNT 1 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATOIN/GENERAL CONDITIONS LS 1 I 331 133 SCOSIlee 2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC LS 1 331, gap 33,500 $e:ee 3 GROUT FILL EXISTING FORCE MAIN LF 4710 31,5 41,483.50$O,OBe 4 INSTALL FORCE MAIN BY OPEN CUT LF 560 2 Z 1511 74a $6:90 5 INSTALL FORCE MAIN BY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILL LF 4150 21414 r, otz,l,op$B:ee'' 6 PLUG VALVES EA 4 ' QQD 3551 Zoo $068 7 COMPACT DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS TON 5 (S 'tO 79,0005068 8 JOINT RESTRAINTS EA 28 1-1[-418 13fq S $e,e8 9 AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBLIES EA 5 L 250 $9:90 10 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FORCE MAIN A -CONNECTION TO EXISTING FORCE MAIN (STA 0+85) EA 1 23,14SZa z3,45/2 $eee B -CONNECTION TO EXISTING FORCE MAIN (STA 56+70) EA 1 3,qqt7 31950 $0,Ge 11 UNSUITABLE SOIL REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT CY 100 75 7,560 $8 :88 12 MILLING AND RESURFACING SY 9600 21. TO 20� 4OO$O.00 13 THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING LS 1 7..1},a70 24,( 0$O:90 SUBTOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 13 it iZ374450:00 14 10% CONTINGENCY LS 1 itrotozi4fteo 5G:ea TOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 14 1 , q wp, z(,) ,a5 WOO TOTAL CONTRACT -p *e9 \$fl, 023,95 dt t24t ;IS SECTION V —Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION HI, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF MANATEE Authorized Signature Dalas Lamberson Printed Name Vice President Title TLC Diversified, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 6th day of August , 20 19 , by Dalas Lamberson (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the Vice President (title) of TLC Diversified, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein Dalas Lamberson/VP ,, or produced a N/A (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. My Commission Expires: March 20, 2020 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Linda ay Moore Printed Name LINDA KAY MOORE Notary Public - State of Florida - Commission # FF 971805 My Comm. Expires Mar 20, 2020 Page 15 of 16 Updated: 8/3/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 3. "Boycott Israel" or "boycott of Israel" means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking other actions to limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or in Israeli -controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is participating in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott of Israel or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel. STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF MANATEE ignature Dalas Lamberson Printed Name Vice President Title TLC Diversified, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 6th day of August , 20 19 , by Dalas Lamberson (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the Vice President (title) of TLC Diversified, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein Dalas Lamberson/VP , or produced a N/A (type of identification) as Iden; fication, and who di did not take an oath. My Commission Expires: March 20, 2020 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Linda Kay • oore Printed Name Page 16 of 1 LINDA KAY MOORE • Notary Public - State of Florida Commission # FF 971805 My Comm. Expires Mar 20, 20203 ""~-'^k,^> jedited: 8/3/2018 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 e• 1 1 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 For LIFT STATION 45 FORCE MAIN REPLACEMENT CONTRACT #17 -0016 -UT DATE: July 26, 2019 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: Responses to Bidder's Questions QUESTION 1: Who is to provide survey and as-builts? Contractor or Owner? RESPONSE 1: Contractor. Refer to Section Ill 6.11.2 As -Built Drawings and Section 01050-2 — 1.5 As-Builts. QUESTION 2: Who is to provide density/geotech testing? Contractor or Owner? RESPONSE 2: Contractor. Refer to Section IV — 304-2 — Testing and Inspection and 702.1 Base. QUESTION 3: What is the intent of the milling & resurfacing? What is the thickness? RESPONSE 3: The intent is to mill and resurface the northbound and center lanes and eastern entrances between STA 11+00 and STA 41+00 (see attached Surface Restoration Drawings S01— SO4). However, final limits will be determined in the field by the Pinellas County Public works Inspector per Item 2 of the Pinellas County Utilization Permit 19-1068-U attached to this addendum. Milling shall be 1 %" and resurfacing shall use 1 %" of SP -12.5 QUESTION 4: What type of asphalt is required? RESPONSE 4: Pavement restoration on Gulf Blvd. shall be per Pinellas County Detail 1291 provided on Drawing D03. Gulf Blvd is an arterial road and will require 3" of SP - 12.5. Pavement restoration at Lift Station 45 shall be per Index 104 provided on Drawing D01. Refer to Section IVa Article 702 and 703 - When in Pinellas County Right -of -Way, asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform Page 1 of 3 to the requirements of the Pinellas County Florida Specifications for Hot Bituminous Mixtures, Plan Methods, Equipment and Construction Methods. NOTE- The County encourages the use of excavatable flowable fill for backfill within Gulf Blvd. to minimize settling and to expedite trench backfill durations within in the areas of open cut, and the HDD entrance and exit pits. QUESTION 5: Please provide the limits of milling & resurfacing. RESPONSE 5: Refer to Response 3 above. QUESTION 6: What are the sewage flow rates at various times of the day? RESPONSE 6: The average daily flow to the lift station is 1,000,000 gallons per day. The triplex station is equipped with 2,350 gpm pumps with VFD control. There is no flow meter at the lift station. QUESTION 7: What are the locations of the existing line valves each way of the tie in at Sta. 56+50? RESPONSE 7: The line valve south of the proposed tie-in is located at STA 54+75 inside the manhole at the existing ARV location. The line valve north of the proposed tie-in is on the north side of the Sand Key Bridge at the intersection of Gulf Blvd. and Bayway Blvd. QUESTION 8: Is reclaimed water available in this area for testing purposes? If not, will potable water be available? RESPONSE 8: Potable water is available. QUESTION 9: What will the cost be for each? RESPONSE 9: There is a $500 deposit fee along with a monthly base charge of $334.06 for the meter. Potable water will be provided at a rate of $9.67 per 1,000 gallons by the City. QUESTION 10: For the HDPE pipe, PE4710 resin offers 200psi pressure rating for SDR11 wall thickness. Is this acceptable or will the force main be required in SDR9 thickness (250psi)? RESPONSE 10: No. QUESTION 11: Is there an approved materials list for the valves and fittings on this project? Page 2 of 3 RESPONSE 11: The City does not have an approved materials list; however, Contractor shall refer to Sections IV and Iva for products listed in the individual specifications. Contract Documents and Attachments Pinellas County Right -of -Way Permit 19-1068-U Revised Cover Sheet New Drawings S01-SO4 Revised Bid Form END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA Bv: /s/William B. Horne, 1I City Manager Page 3 of 3